BHARATI VIDYAPEETH

(Deemed to be University), Pune

'A+' Accreditation (Third Cycle) by 'NAAC' in 2017

Category-I Deemed to be University Grade by UGC

‘A’ Grade University Status by MHRD Govt. of India

Ranked 68th by NIRF – 2021

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MBA (Human Resources) [Regular/ Distance and Online Mode]

(Interdisciplinary , Multidisciplinary and Holistic Approach)
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS - 2022)

SYLLABUS

Applicable with effect from 2022-23

 …CONTENTS…

Sr.No. Particulars
I Title
II Preamble
III Rationale for Syllabus Revision
IV Vision Statement
V Broad Objectives of the Learning Outcome based Curriculum
Framework (LOCF)
VI Aim
VII Postgraduate Attributes
VIII Qualification Descriptors
IX Learning Outcomes
X Eligibility for Admission
XI Structure of the Programme
XII Credits- Total
XIII Examinations
XIV A) Dual Specialization
B) Summer Internship
XV Question Paper Pattern for University Examinations
XVI Structure Of The Syllabus

XVII Proposed Programme Module

XVIII List Of Specialization – Electves

XIX Summary of the Proposed Syllabus Content
 BHARATI VIDYAPEETH
(DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), PUNE
Faculty of Management Studies

Master of Business Administration – Human Resources

MBA (HR) [Regular/Distance and Online]

Revised Course Structure (To be effective from 2022-2023)

I. Title:
a) Name of the Programme: Master of Business Administration (Human Resources) -
MBA(HR)
b) Nature & duration of the Programme: [Regular /Distance and Online]Post
Graduate Degree Programme of TWO YEARS (Approved by AICTE).

II. Preamble :
The Master of Business Administration (HR) is a two-year program offered by
Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune and conducted at its Constituent
Units/ Learner Support Centers in Pune, New Delhi, Navi Mumbai, Karad, Kolhapur,
Sangli, and Solapur. All the Constituent Units / Learner Support Centers have
experienced faculty members, excellent Laboratories, Library, and other modern
facilities to provide proper learning environment to the Students/Learners. This
programme is very well received by the industry.

III. Rationale for Syllabus revision:

The Vision and Mission statements of the MBA (HR) programme embodies the
spirit of the mission of the University and vision of Hon‘ble Dr. Patangraoji Kadam,
Founder-Chancellor Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune, which is to
usher in ―Social Transformation through Dynamic Education‖.
In view of the dynamic nature of the market, an economy and evolving
expectation of the stakeholders such as Students/Learners, faculty members and
industry in particular, the syllabus is revised periodically. Last revision was in the year
2020-21.
Over the past two years, feedback was received from various stakeholders and
considering the changes that in the macro environment, a need was felt to revise the
syllabus so as to suffice the requirements of the industry and society. This revised

Page 1
 draft is the result of inputs received from the industry, academia, alumni and all
stakeholders.

IV. Vision Statement of MBA ( HR) Programme :

To facilitate creation of Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals, HR
Managers and Entrepreneurs who can transform the corporate sector, cater to the needs
of the society and contribute towards Nation building.

V. Broad Objectives of the Learning Outcome based Curriculum Framework

(LOCF) of Master of Business Administration (Human Resource) Programme:
At Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune the objective of MBA
(HR) Program is to provide world class Business Education and develop dynamic HR
Managers, entrepreneurs and business leaders. The Program aims to enhance decision-
making capabilities of upcoming HR managers, Leaders and Entrepreneurs by
imparting critical thinking and analytical abilities in leading dynamic organizations.
Master‘s Degree is the well-recognized postgraduate qualification in higher education.
The contents of this degree are determined in terms of knowledge and understanding,
expertise and skills that a student intends to acquire. Students/Learners qualify for
joining a profession or to provide development opportunities in particular employment
settings. Graduates are enabled to enter a variety of jobs or to continue academic study
at higher level.

VI. Aim of Master of Business Administration (Human Resource) Programme

The aim of this programme is to inculcate the Students/Learners with rigorous
knowledge and understanding the domain of field HRM. Students/Learners/Learners
undertaking this programme will:
 Demonstrate an understanding of key terms , theories/concepts and practices
within the field of HRM
 Demonstrate competencies in development and problem solving in the area of
HR Management
 Provide innovative solutions to problems in the field of HRM
 Be able to identify and appreciate the significance of the ethical issues in HR

Page 2
VII. Postgraduate Attributes in MBA (Human Resources)
On completion of the PG course Students/Learners are expected to have
acquired the skills of critical thinking, rational enquiry, effective communication, and
exploring the relationship between the stakeholders of an organization while remaining
sensitive to the fulfillment of societal objectives at large. The Graduate attributes
expected from the postgraduates of M.B.A. (Human Resource) are:
 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM
 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research
 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an
independently constructed piece of work
 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts
 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking
 Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group
context
 Be able to advance well-reasoned and factually supported arguments in both
written work and oral presentations
 Work effectively with colleagues with diverse skills, experience levels and
way of thinking
 Be able to evaluate HRM related social, cultural, ethical and environmental
responsibilities and issues in a Global Context

VIII. Qualification Descriptors

Upon successful completion of the PG course, the Students/Learners receive a
M.B.A.(Human Resources) Post Graduate degree are expected to branch out into
different paths seeking spheres of knowledge and domains of professional work that
they find fulfilling. They will be able to demonstrate knowledge of major HR functions
and the ability to provide an overview of scholarly debates relating to Human
Resources. It isexpected that besides the skills specific to the discipline, these wider life
skills of argumentation and communication, attitudes and temperaments, and general
values inherent in a discipline that studies human beings in their social context, in all
its complexity, ultimately enable learners to live rich, productive and meaningful lives.
The list below provides a synoptic overview of possible career paths provided by
postgraduate training in MBA (HR): Human Resource Manager, Human Resource
Generalist, Staffing Director, Technical Recruiter, Compensation Manager,

Page 3
 Employee Relations Manager, Employment Manager, Director of HR Training and
Development

IX. MBA(HR) Programme Learning Outcomes

On the successful completion of this Post Graduate Programme, a students /Learners
shall be able to:
o Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems
o Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
o Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
o Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business.
o Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
o Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational
goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

X. Eligibility for Admission:

Admission to the programme is open to any Graduate (10+2+3) of any recognized
university satisfying the following conditions:
1. The candidate should have secured at least 50% (45% for SC/ST) in aggregate at
graduate level university examination.
2. The Candidate studying in final year of Bachelor‘s degree may also apply.
Admission of such candidates will remain provisional until submission of final
result certificates in original.
3. Subject to the above conditions, the final admission is based solely on
a) The merit at the All India entrance test (B-MAT) conducted by Bharati
Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune.
b) Submission of Migration Certificate, Transference Certificate, anti-ragging
affidavit etc.

XI. Structure of the Programme:

The MBA-HR programme is of 124 credits, which need minimum two years divided
into four semesters to complete. During third semester Students/Learners have to opt
for specialization(s) and study the specialization courses in depth. The programme also
includes Summer Internship / Summer Training of 50 days. The medium of

Page 4
 instruction and examination will be only English. A student would be required to
complete the course as per the ABC (Academic Bank Credit) policy of UGC.

XII. Credits- Total: 124 credits

The definition of credits based on the following parameters;
For Regular Mode
i) Learning hours put in by the student
ii) Learning outcomes
iii) Contents of the syllabus prescribed for the course etc.
In this system each credit can be described as a combination of 03 (THREE)
components such as Lectures (L) + Tutorials (T) + Practice (P).
These components are further elaborated for an effective teaching learning
process;
 Lectures (L): Classroom lectures delivered by Faculty member in an
interactive mode.
 Tutorials (T): Sessions that includes participatory discussions, presentations
by the Students/Learners, case study discussions etc.
 Practice (P): It includes LAB sessions for IT related courses & Business
Communication and practice sessions for courses like Accounts,
Mathematics, Statistics and field assignments etc.

ONE Credit = 15 Hours

In terms of a Semester of 15 (FIFTEEN) weeks,
a) Every ONE hour session per week of Lecture (L) = 01 (one) credit per
Semester
b) TWO hour sessions per week of Tutorial (T) = 01(one) credit perSemester
c) TWO hour sessions per week of Practice (P) = 01(one) credit per Semester

For CDOE
i) Synchronous Online Counseling/Webinars/Interactive Live Lectures
ii) Discussion Forum/ Asynchronous Mentoring
iii) Hours spent on E-Tutorial and E-content of Study Material
iv) Self Study Hours including Assignments

Page 5
In this system, each credit can be described as a combination of FOUR components.
Sr. Credit No. of Self-Study Total
No. value Weeks hours Hours
of No. of Interactive Sessions Hours of Study including of Study
the Material Assessment (based on
course etc. 30 hours
per
credit)
Synchronous Discussion e- e-
Online Forum/ Tutorial Content
Counseling/ asynchronous in hours
Webinars/ Mentoring hours
Interactive (2 hours per
Live week)
Lectures
(1 hour per
week)
1 2 6 6 hours 12 hours 10 10 22 60
credits weeks
2 4 12 12 hours 24 hours 20 20 44 120
credits weeks
3 6 14 14 hours 28 hours 30 30 66 180
credits weeks
4 8 16 16 hours 32 hours 40 40 88 240
credits weeks

XIII: Examinations:

For Regular
A) Scheme of Examination:
Courses having Internal Assessment (IA) / Internal Examination(IE) and University
Examinations (UE) shall be evaluated by the respective institutes and the University at
the term end for 50(fifty) and 50(fifty) Marks respectively. The total marks of IA and
UE shall be 100 Marks and it will be converted to grade points and grades.
For courses having only Internal Assessment (IA) the respective institutes will evaluate
the Students in various ways through Class Test, Presentations, Field Assignments
and Mini Projects for a total of 100 marks during the term. Then the marks will be
converted to grade points and grades.

Open Courses shall be evaluated for 100 marks only (hundred marks only).
(Note: MOOCs and Open Courses are compulsory)

Page 6
 B) Components of continuous evaluation system (CES):
Following are the suggested components of CES,
a) Case Study/Case let/Situation Analysis- (Group Activity or Individual Activity)
b) Class Test
c) Field Assignment
d) Role Play
e) Industry Analsysis (Group Activity or Individual Activity)
f) Business Plan
g) Quiz
h) Workbook / Scrapbook
i) Presentations
j) Mini Research Projects

Breakup of CES marks (50)

Class Participation / Attendance 10
Mid-term 15
End-term 15
Class Tests, Assignments, MOOCs, Presentation/ 10
Project, Case Study/Lab work etc.

For CDOE
A) Scheme of Examinations:
Courses having Internal Assessment (IA) and University Examinations (UE) shall be
evaluated by the respective Learner Support Centers and the University at the term end
for 30(IE) and 70(UE) Marks respectively. The total marks of IA and UE shall be 100
Marks and it will be converted to grade points and grades.

For courses having only Internal Assessment (IA) the respective Learner Support
Centers will evaluate the learners in various ways through home assignments, online
assignments, for a total of 100 marks during the term. Then the marks will be converted
to grade points and grades.

Open Courses shall be evaluated for 100 marks only (hundred marks only).

Page 7
 B) Components of Internal evaluation system (IE):
Following are the suggested components of IE,
k) Online Case Study
l) On line Test
m) Online Assignment
n) Online Business plan
o) Online Quiz
p) Online Presentations
Breakup of CES/CCA marks –Home Assignments, online Assignments / MOOCs: 30
Marks

C) MOOCS Guidelines –
MOOCS stands for Massive Open Online Courses. The student will complete MOOCS
courses prescribed by Institute from following sources in respective semesters.
Following are the sources from where Students/Learners can undertake MOOCs
1. iimb.ac.in
2. swayam.gov.in
3. alison.com
4. edx.org
5. nptel.com (technical courses)
6. Coursera
7. harvardx.harvard.edu
8. udemy.com
9. futurelearn.com
10. Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU)
11. National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT)
12. National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS)
13. National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL)
Important Note:
 Students should complete the MOOCs during four semesters of the program.
 Students have to submit completion certificate of all MOOCs. Unless certificate of all
MOOCs are not submitted the mark sheet of the final semester will not be issued.

Page 8
Grading System for Programmes under Faculty of Management Studies:
The Faculty of Management Studies, Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University),
Pune has suggested the use of a 10-point grading system for all programmes designed byits
different Board of Studies.
The 10 point Grades and Grade Points according to the following table

Range of Marks (%) Grade Grade Point

80≤Marks≤100 O 10
70≤Marks≤80 A+ 9
60≤Marks≤70 A 8
55≤Marks≤60 B+ 7
50≤Marks≤55 B 6
40≤Marks≤50 C 5
Marks < 40 D 0

Standard of Passing:
For all courses, both UE and IA constitute separate heads of passing (HoP). In order to pass
in such courses and to earn the assigned credits, the student must obtain a minimum grade
point of 5.0 (40% marks) at UE and also a minimum grade point of 5.0 (40% marks)at IA.
 If Students/ Learners fails in IA, the Students/ Learners passes in the course provided,
he/she obtains a minimum 25% marks in IA and GPA for the course is at least 6.0 (50%
in aggregate). The GPA for a course will be calculated only if the student passes at UE.
 A Students/ Learners who fails at UE in a course has to reappear only at UE as backlog
candidate and clear the Head of Passing. Similarly, a Students/ Learners who fails in a
course at IA he/she has to reappear only at IA as backlog candidate and clearthe Head
of Passing to secure the GPA required for passing.
 The performance at UE and IA will be combined to obtain GPA (Grade Point Average)
for the course. The weights for performance at UE and IA shall be 50% and 50%
respectively.
 GPA is calculated by adding the UE marks out of 50 and IA marks out of 50.The total
marks out of 100 are converted to grade point, which will be the GPA.

Page 9
Rules of ATKT
 For course upto four semesters, a student is allowed to carry any number of Backlogs
of a prescribed course in Sem-I, II, III to Sem-IV provided he appears and have
backlogs
A student can appear for any four continuous semesters in an examination season
including the regular semester, provided the student has appeared and have backlogs for
other three semesters.

Formula to calculate Grade Points (GP)

Suppose that ‗Max‘ is the maximum marks assigned for an examination or evaluation,
based on which GP will be computed. In order to determine the GP, Set x = Max/10 (since
we have adopted 10 point system).

Then GP is calculated by the following formulas

Range of Marks Formula for the Grade Point
8x ≤ Marks≤10x 10
5.5x ≤ Marks≤8x Truncate (M/x) +2
4x ≤ Marks≤5.5x Truncate (M/x) +1

Two kinds of performance indicators, namely the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
and the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) shall be computed at the end of each
term. The SGPA measures the cumulative performance of a student in all the courses in a
particular semester, while the CGPA measures the cumulative performance in all the
courses since his/her enrollment. The CGPA of student when he /she complete theprogram
is the final result of the student.
The SGPA is calculated by the formula
SGPA= ∑Ck * GPk

∑Ck
Where, Ck is the Credit value assigned to a course and GPk is the GPA obtained by the
student in the course. In the above, the sum is taken over all the courses that the student has
undertaken for the study during the Semester, including those in which he/she might have
failed or those for which he/she remained absent. The SGPA shall be calculated upto two
decimal place accuracy.
The CGPA is calculated by the following formula
Σ𝐶𝑘 ∗ 𝐺𝑃𝑘
𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴 =
Σ𝐶𝑘
where, Ck is the Credit value assigned to a course and GPk is the GPA obtained by the

Page 10
 student in the course. In the above, the sum is taken over all the courses that the student has
undertaken for the study from the time of his/her enrollment and also during the semester
for which CGPA is calculated. The CGPA shall be calculated up to two decimal place
accuracy.

The formula to compute equivalent percentage marks for specified CGPA:=

(Final CGPA-0.5)*10

Award of Honours:
A Students/ Learners who has completed the minimum credits specified for the programme
shall be declared to have passed in the programme. The final result will be in terms of letter
grade only and is based on the CGPA of all courses studied and passed.

The criteria for the award of honours are given below.

Range of CGPA Final Grade Performance Equivalent Range of Marks (%)

Descriptor
9.5≤CGPA ≤10 O Outstanding 80≤Marks≤100
9.0≤CGPA ≤9.49 A+ Excellent 70≤Marks≤80
8.0≤CGPA ≤8.99 A Very Good 60≤Marks≤70
7.0≤CGPA ≤7.99 B+ Good 55≤Marks≤60
6.0≤CGPA ≤6.99 B Average 50≤Marks≤55

5.0≤CGPA ≤5.99 C Satisfactory 40≤Marks≤50

CGPA below 5.0 F Fail Marks below 40

Important Note:

 Student or Learner is expected to write Two Research Papers and publish it in Peer
Reviewed Journals.

 A Student /Lerner can carry any number of backlog paper till Semester-IV provided
his/her academic term(s) is/are granted

XIV: A. Dual Specialization:

M.B.A (HR) Programme 2022-23 offers Dual Specialization to the Students/Learners in
second year of MBA Programme. Under dual specialization Students/Learners will have
CORE HR subjects and select any One Specialization Subject from the list given below
in semester III & IV.

i) Prerequisite for offering a combination of Specialization Groups

Page 11
 The Constituent Unit will offer the Specializations proposed only if minimum Ten
Students opt for the same (Not applicable in case of CDOE Students)
ii) Specialization Combinations:
For MBA (HR), one specialization HR is commonly offered to the Students/Learners,
The second specialization may be chosen by the student from the following choices:

Specialization I Specialization II (Any One of these)

Human Resource Management (Core) Marketing Management
Financial Management
Human Resource Management
International Business Management
Production & Operations Management
Information Technology Management
Agribusiness Management
Retail Management
Project Management
Business Analytics
Event Management
Hospitality Management
Sports Management
Infrastructure Management

20) EVALUATION THROUGH PRESENTATION/VIVA-VOCE AT THE

INSTITUTE
The student will give a presentation based on his training report, before an expert
committee constituted by the University and the Institute as per norms of the institute.
The evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
 Quality of content presented.
 Proper planning for presentation.
 Effectiveness of presentation.
 Depth of knowledge and skills.
 Attendance record, daily diary, departmental reports shall also be analyzed along
with the Internship Report.
 This presentation will enable sharing knowledge & experience amongst students
& teachers and build
 Communication skills and confidence in students.

Page 12
 Winter Internship: Willing and eligible students can also do a Winter Internship after their
Ist semester exams. This is voluntary and without any credits. Students who have more than
75% attendance in their Ist semester are eligible to do the Winter Internship. If they are selected
the Institute gives them a No Objection Certificate (NOC) to the Internship. Studentsneed not
attend the sessions but they need to attempt all the internal test/seminars/MOOC‘s/assignments,
etc. as part of the continuous evaluation system(CES).This Internship helps the students gain
practical industry exposure while pursuing their MBA.

Page 13
The Format for joining report to be sent by the reporting manager in the organization:
(Name of the Institute: )
Joining Report for Summer Internship
 Name of the Student :
 Course/Div/Roll No :
 Name of the Company :
 Name of the Internal Faculty Guide :
 Name of the Mentor
 (Company guide) :
 Address :
 Telephone /Mobile No. :
 Date of Joining :
 Title of project :

(Signature of the Student) (Signature of Mentor) Stamp

Note:if the seal of the organization is not available, attach the visiting card/business card
of your organizational guide; otherwise this report will be treated as void.

Page 14
The Format for the three progress reports to be sent by the reporting manager in the
organization:
(Name of the Institute : )
Fortnightly progress report for Summer Internship (to be sent to respective faculty
guide email id)
 Name of the Student :
 Course/Div/Roll No :
 Name of the Organization :
 Department /Assigned :
 Name of the faculty Guide :
 Title of the Project :
 Mentor/Guide in the company :
 Name and Designation :
 Ph no and e-mail :
 Date of Joining :
 Progress made in the fortnight :
 Date : From to
Remarks of the Guide: Progress is Satisfactory/Not satisfactory

(Signature of mentor &stamp of the company)

Note: If the seal of the organization is not available, attach the visiting card/business
card of your organizational guide; otherwise this report will be treated as void

Page 15
 XV. Question Paper Pattern for University Examinations (Regular Mode)

The pattern of question paper for the courses having University Examinations will be
as follows:

Title of the Course

Day: Total Marks: 100*

Date: Time: 03 Hours

Instructions:

1. Attempt any FOUR questions from Section I and any TWO questions from
SECTION II.
2. All questions carry EQUAL marks.
3. Answers to both the Sections should be written in the SAME answer book

SECTION – I 60 Marks

It should contain 06 questions covering the syllabus & should test

the conceptual knowledge of the Students/Learners.

Question Marks

Q.1 .......... (15 marks)

Q.2 (15 marks)

Q.3 (15 marks)

Q.4 (15 marks)

Q.5. (15 marks)

Q6 Write Short Notes on ANY TWO (15 marks)

SECTION – II 40 Marks

It should contain 03 questions covering the entire syllabus & should be based
on application of the Concepts

Q.6. (20 marks)

Q.7. (20 marks)

Q.8 (20 marks)

*Note: 100 marks will be converted in to 50 (For Regular mode) as per BV (DU), Pune
Examination Section scaling down method

Page 16
 Question Paper Pattern for University Examinations (For CDOE)
Title of the Course
Day: Total Marks: 70
Date: Time: 2.30 Hours

Instructions:
1) Q.1 is compulsory carries 50 Marks
2) Solve any FOUR, from Q.2 to Q.6 each carries 5 marks

SECTION – I 50 Marks
a. It should contain 25 Multiple choice questions covering the syllabus & should test the
conceptual knowledge of the students.
b. Each question will carry 2 marks

SECTION – II 20 Marks
a. It should contain 06 short questions covering the entire syllabus & should be based on
application of the Concepts
b. Student has to attempt ANY FOUR
c. Each question carrier 5 marks

XVI. STRUCTURE OF THE SYLLABUS

The MBA Programme as per Semesters, Credits and Marks is as follows:

Semester Credits Marks Distribution

I 31 900
II 35 900
III 39 900
IV 19 700
Total 124 3400

Page 17
XVII. PRAPOSED PROGRAMME MODULE MBA (HR) -2022

Semester -I
Course Regular Total
Name of the Subjects Format Credits CDOE
Code Mode Marks
IE UE IE UE
101 Management Concepts & IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Applications
102 Managerial Economics IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
103 Financial & Management IE&UE 50 50 30 70
4 100
Accounting
104 Organizational Behaviour IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
105 Statistical Techniques IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
106 Organization Development and IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
Change Management
107 Business Communication IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
108 Fundamentals of Information IE 100 - 100 --
2 100
Technology
109 MOOCS – I * - 4 - - - -- -
110 Open- I** IE 2 100 - 100 -- 100
Total No. of Credits 31 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt any one course from the following

Course Code Open Course

Open Course Agriculture Business Management
Open Course Community Work- I
Open Course Current Affairs
Open Course Universal Human Values
Open Course Counseling Psychology.

Page 18
 Semester - II
Cour Name of the Subjects Format Credits Regular
CDOE Total
se Mode
Code Marks
IE UE IE UE
201 Marketing Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
202 Financial Management IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
203 Human Resource Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
204 International Business IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
205 Production & Operations IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Management
206 Research Methodology IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
207 Operations Research For IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Managers
208 Business Ethics and Corporate IE 100 - 100
2 100
Governance
209 MOOCS – II* - 4 - - - -
210 MOOCS – III* - 4 - - - -
211 Open –II** IE 2 100 - 100 100
Total No. Credits 35 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt any one course from the following
Course Code Open Course
Open Course Data analysis using Ms- Excel
Open Course E-commerce Application
Open Course Managerial Skills for Effectiveness
Open Course Social Media Management
Open Course Yoga and Meditation

*** In addition to the above; Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by
the Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

Page 19
 Semester -III
Course Name of the Subjects Format Credits Regular
Code CDOE
Mode Total
Marks
IE UE IE UE
301 Strategic Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
302 Legal Aspects of Business IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100

303 Innovation,,Design Thinking IE&UE 50 50 30 70

and Entrepreneurship 3 100
Management
Human Resource Planning IE&UE 50 50 30 70
HR01 3 100
and Development(Core HR)
HR02 Labour Laws-I (Core HR) IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
See Specialization I - E-(i) IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
groups
See Specialization II - E-(ii) IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
groups
304 **Summer Internship IE 8 100 --- 100 --- 100
305 MOOCS – IV* - 4 - -- - -- -
306 MOOCS – V* - 4 - -- - -- -
307 Open –III** IE 2 100 -- 100 -- 100
Total No. of Credits 39 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt any one course from the following
Course Code Open Course
Open Course Digital Marketing
Open Course Corporate Taxation
Open Course Cross Cultural Issues & International HRM
Open Course Artificial Intelligence in HR Practices
Open Course Indian Culture

** In addition to the above, Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by the
Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

Page 20
 Semester -IV
Course Regular Total
Name of the Subjects Format Credits CDOE
Code Mode Marks
IE UE IE UE
401 Project Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
HR03 Compensation and Benefits IE&UE
3 50 50 30 70 100
Management (Core HR)
HR04 Competency Mapping and IE&UE
Performance Management 3 50 50 30 70 100
(Core HR)
See IE&UE
Specialization II - E-(iii) 3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
See IE&UE
Specialization II - E-(iv) 3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
402 Environment & Disaster
IE 2 100 - 100 - 100
Management
403 Open –IV IE 2 100 - 100 - 100
Total No. Credits 19 450 250 350 350 700

Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt any one course from the following
Course
Open Course
Code
Open Course Introduction to Data Science
Open Course Human Resource Analytics
Open Course Labour Laws II
Open Course Cyber Security
Open Course Financial Planning & Instruments

** In addition to the above, Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by the
Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

AS PER AICTE –MODULE

 Total =124 credit

 I year – 66 credit
 II Year =58 credit (50+8 Internship )
 Total Marks- 3400 ( I to IV sem)-(I-900+II-900+III-900+IV-700)
 Structure – UE+IE, IA

Page 21
XVIII. LIST OF SPECIALIZATION – ELECTVES

Elective: Marketing Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
MK01 Consumer Behaviour
MK02 Services Marketing
Sem IV
MK03 Sales & Distribution Management & B2B
MK04 Integrated Marketing Communication

Elective: Financial Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
FM01 Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management
FM02 Management of Financial Services
Sem IV
FM03 Corporate Finance
FM04 International Financial Management

Elective: Human Resource Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
HR(E) 01 Employee Relations and Labor welfare
HR(E) 02 HRD Instruments
Sem IV
HR(E) 03 Negotiations and Counseling
HR(E) 04 HR Audit

Elective: International Business Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
IB01 Regulatory Aspects of International Business
IB02 Export Import Policies, Procedures and Documentation
Sem IV
IB03 International Marketing
IB04 Global Business Strategies

Page 22
Elective: Production and Operations Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
PM01 Quality Management
PM02 Business Process re-engineering
Sem IV
PM03 Logistics & Supply Chain Management
PM04 World Class Manufacturing Practices

Elective: Information Technology Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
IT01 System Analysis & Design
IT02 Information System Security & Audit
Sem IV
IT03 RDBMS with Oracle
IT04 Enterprise Business Applications

Elective: Agribusiness Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
AM01 Rural Marketing
AM02 Supply Chain Management in Agribusiness
Sem IV
AM03 Use of Information Technology in Agribusiness Management
AM04 Cooperatives Management

Elective: Retail Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
R01 Introduction to Retailing
R02 Retail Management & Franchising
Sem IV
R03 Merchandising, Display & Advertising
R04 Supply Chain Management in Retailing

Elective: Project Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
PR01 Project Risk Management
PR 02 Software Project Management Tools
Sem IV
PR 03 Managing Large Projects
PR 04 Social Cost and Benefit Analysis of Project

Page 23
Elective: Business Analytics
Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
BA 01 Introduction to Business Analytics and Data Mining
BA 02 Business Statistics and Analytics
Sem IV
BA 03 Digital Transformation of Business
BA 04 Applied Data Visualization for Business Decisions

Elective: Event Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
EM 01 Event Marketing
EM 02 Event Risk Management
Sem IV
EM 03 Customer Relationship in Event Management
EM 04 Human Resource in Event Management

Elective: Hospitality Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
HM 01 Food Service Operation
HM 02 Tour Operations Management
Sem IV
HM 03 Hospitality Marketing Management
4M 04 Accommodation Operations Management

Elective: Sports Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
SM 01 Sports Marketing
SM 02 Basics of Sports Medicine & Nutrition
Sem IV
SM 03 SportsSponsorships
SM 04 Managing Sports Organization

Elective: Infrastructure Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
IM 01 Infrastructure Project Management
IM 02 Contract and Claims Management
Sem IV
IM 03 Health, Safety and Environmental Management
IM 04 Infrastructure Project Formulation, Assessment and Appraisal

Page 24
 MBA (HR) CBCS- 2022-23

(Regular/Distance and Online Mode)

XIX. Summary of the Proposed Syllabus Content

Sr. Existing syllabus Proposed Syllabus Content Remark(If Any)
No Content
1 Total Credit (102) Total credit (124) No of Credits
Change the credit structure in all increased
semester as per AICTE Norms I Year – 66 Credit
II Year – 48 Credit
2 Total Marks of Total Marks of Subjects- 3400
Subjects- 3600 Marks & Credit distributed
Marks & Credit  Sem I= 900 (31) Number of Credits
distributed  Sem-II- 900 (35) has increased.
 Sem I= 900 (25)  Sem-III-900(39)
 Sem-II- 900 (25)  Sem-IV-700 (19)
 Sem-III-1000(31)  Total -3400 (124)
 Sem-IV- 800 (21)
 Total -3600 (102)
3 MOOCS was optional Introduced MOOCS in all Four MOOCS becomes
for Open subject semester at course Structure Mandatory as per
Mandatorily. UGC and AICTE
Semester –I MOOCS- 4 Credit Norms.
Semester –II MOOCS- 8 Credit
Semester –III MOOCS- 8 Credit
Total = 20 credit

4. Area of Specialization Introduce New specialization(4) Introduce New

 Business Analytics specialization(4)
Total No of  Event Management
Specialization = 09  Hospitality Management As per Industry
 Sports Management Requirements and
Students/Learners
 Infrastructure Management
demand
New Syllabus- Area of
Specialization = 14
5 Open Course Introduce Five (5) choice based Introduce open subject
open subject each semester as per AICTE Norms
(3) choice based open and List.
subject each semester
5 Examination Pattern Examination Pattern Note-
UE-100 MARKS UE 100 marks paper
UE-50 MARKS IE- 50 MARKS will convert into 50
IE- 50 MARKS Total = 100 Marks
UE - Examination UE- Examination Hours- UE 100 Marks
Hours- 2 hours 3hours Conversion Will Be
Made By Controller
Of Examination Dept

Page 25
4 Replacement of Subject
Semester -I
i. Open Course Need Fundamental IT
Internal Assessment
Data Analysis Using Subject Because- IT
Fundamentals of Information
Advance Excel ) Sem-I elective offering in
Technology (Sem-I)
MBA programme.
ii. Open Course Open Course AICTE Norms (Open
 Computers  Agriculture Business Subject)
Application for Management
Business  Community Work- I
 Social Media  Human Rights
Management  Counseling Psychology

SEMESTER -II
iii.  Data analysis using Ms- AICTE Norms (Open
Open Course Excel Subject)
 Introduction to  E-commerce
Business Analytics Application
 E-Commerce  Managerial Skills for
Applications Effectiveness
 Managerial Skills  Social Media
for Effectiveness Management
 Yoga & meditation
Semester-III
iv. Cross Cultural Issues
UE&IE & International
UE&IE
Cross Cultural Issues & HRM
Labour Laws-I (Core HR)
International HRM Introduce in Open
subject list
v. Open Course Open Course Additional Three Open
subject introduce as
 Negotiation  Cross Cultural Issues & per AICTE Norms.
Management International HRM
 Artificial Intelligence in
HR Practices
 Indian Culture
Semester –IV
vi. UE&IE Labour Laws II
Labour Laws II Note - Introduce in
 Labour Laws II Introduce in Open course List. Open subject list
(Because it will an
additional chance to
learn other Elective
group
students/Learners)
vii. Open Course Open Course To manage the credit
 Introduction to Data  Innovation Management structure and Select
Science  Tourism Management Open subject as per
 Artificial  Basics of Stock Market core HR base Life
Intelligence for  Labour Laws II Skill Base.
Managers

Page 26
 As Per AICTE –Module – New Course Structure MBA (HR) CBCS - 2023

Major Highlights

1. Credit and Marks Structure

 I year – 66credit (31 credit+35 Credit)

 II Year =58 credit (39 credits +19 credits )
 Total =124 credit
 Total Marks- 3400( I to IV sem)
 Structure – UE+IE, IA, (Open) and MOOCS

2. Offering New Specialization -

Introduce new additional New Specialization & Develop syllabus structure= Four (4)
 Business Analytics
 Event Management
 Hospitality Management
 Sports Management
 Infrastructure Management

3. Develop New Open subject Syllabus content = Six (6)

 Human Rights
 Counseling Psychology
 Yoga & meditation
 Indian Culture
 Tourism Management
 Basics of Stock Market

4. Introduction of MOOCS Each semester- Compulsory

5. Examination pattern- 100 marks (100-UE+50 IE)

 UE-100 marks conversion into 50 Marks for regular mode & 70 Marks of
Distance education & Online mode
 Examination HOURS FROM 2hrs to 3 Hrs

6. Total No of Subjects offering (4 Semester ) = 103

Page 27
 Proposed Structure
AQAR Based Course structure – Course mapping and outcome base subjects

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Subjects
1 Core Subjects 22
2 Electives Subjects 56
(14 Elective * 2 Subjects =28 Subjects ) each for semester III & IV
3 Open Subjects 20
4 MOOCS 05
TOTAL 103

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Course
1 Employability Skill 70
2 Entrepreneurship Development 56
3 Skill Development (Life Skill, Knowledge Skill, Personality Skill, 25
Managerial Skill

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Course
1 Combination of Progrmme as per UGC AND AQAR 103
(Core+ Elective + open+ MOOCS) =4 COMBINATION
2 Core Course (Common Subject(Sem-I to IV) 22
3 GenericElective –OpenElective (Sem-III &IV) 09
4 DSE-Discipline Specific Elective(14 Elective*2) 56
5 AbilityEnhancement CompulsoryCourse ((Sem-I to IV) 16

Total Programmes 103

Page 28
 MBA (HR) SEMESTER I
Revised Syllabus
With Effect from (2022 –23)

Page 29
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 101 Management Concepts and Applications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand the basic Management Concepts and Skills.
 To study the Principles and Functions of Management.
 To learn the Applications of Principles of Management.
 To familiar with the Functional areas of management.
 To study the Leadership styles in the organization.
 To expose to the Recent trends in management.
Learning Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
 Understand the Management Concepts and Managerial Skills.
 Focus on the Principles and Functions of Management.
 Learn to apply the Principles of Management in practice.
 Familiarize with the Functional areas of management.
 Use the effective Leadership styles in the organization.
 Recognize the Recent trends in management.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Management: 6
Definition and meaning of Management, Characteristics of Management,
Management as Art and Science, Scope of Management, Scientific
Management Approach by F.W. Taylor, Principles of Management by Henry
Fayol, Levels of management, Skills and Functions of Manager

2 Planning: 6
Meaning of Planning, Nature and importance of Planning, Steps in Planning
Process, Types of Plans, Objectives-meaning, Management by Objectives
(MBO), Management by Exception.
Decision Making
Decision making- Process of Decision making, Decision making models:
classical, Administrative, Political and Vroom-Jago Model.
3 Organizing: 7
Meaning of Organizing, Process of Organizing, Principles of Organizing ,
Types of organizational structures - Formal and Informal, Line and Staff
Relationship Departmentalization - Bases of Departmentalization,.
Staffing:
Meaning of Staffing, Human Resource Planning - Job Analysis, Recruitment
- Sources of Recruitment, Selection - Process of Selection, Training of
Employees: Methods. Performance Appraisal: Methods,
4 Directing: 8
Meaning of Directing, Principles of Directing, Span of Management -
Determinants of Span of Management, Centralization Vs Decentralization,
Authority, Responsibility and Accountability: Delegation of Authority -

Page 30
 Advantages of Effective Delegation.Barriers to effective delegation
Delegation Vs Decentralization
5 Controlling: 7
Importance of coordination, Meaning of Controlling, Need for effective
controlling, Process of Controlling, Techniques of Controlling,
Leadership: meaning , Importance Styles of Leadership,
6 Functional Departments And Sections - HR, Marketing, Production & 8
Operations, Finance, etc.
Introduction To Business Sectors: Manufacturing (Automobile,
Pharmaceutical, etc ), Service ( IT, Telecom, Banking, Insurance, etc),
Management of SMEs.
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year of Publisher

1 – National S.A. Sherlekar and Principles ofBusiness Himalaya
V.S. Sherlekar
Management Publishing
2 – National Dr. T. Ramasamy Principles andPractice of Himalaya
Management Publishing
3 – National L.M. Prasad Principles andPractice of Sultan
Management, Chand &
4 – International Koontz, Weihrich and Principles ofManagement Tata
A. Ramchandra McGraw-
5 – International Peter F. Drucker Practice ofManagement Harper
Business.
6 – International Richard L. Daft Principles ofManagement Cengage

7-Lead Textbook Pravin Durai Principles ofManagement – 2019 Pearson

Text & Cases
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 http://www.ft.com/business-education.
2 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives.
3 https://india.gov.in/
4 http://pmindia.gov.in/en/
5 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives
6 https://mygov.in/group/digital-india
7 www.skilldevelopment.gov.in/World%20Youth%20Skills%20Day.html
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/management-fundamentals-healthcare-
administrators

Page 31
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 102 Managerial Economics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To acquaint learners with basic concepts and techniques of economic analysis and
their application to managerial decision-making.
 To prepare the students for the use of managerial economics tools and techniques
in specific business settings.
 Comprehend how changes in the environment in which firms operate influence
their decision-making.
 To develop managerial skills for developing business strategy at the firm level.
 To understand recent developments in strategic thinking and how it is applied to
economic decision making.
 Identify possible external and internal economic risks and vulnerabilities to
economic growth and identify policies to address them.
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the role of managers in firms.
 Analyze the demand and supply conditions and assess the position of a company.
 Estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using
Isoquant and Isocost.
 Design competition strategies including costing, pricing and market environment
according to the nature of the product and structure of market.
 Enable to know the importance of various sectors of the economy and their
contribution towards national income.
 Investigate potential output and compute output gaps and diagnose the outlook for the
economy.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Economics For Business -Nature and Scope of 5
Managerial Economics, Firm and its Objectives, Theories of Firm, Role
of Managerial Economics in Decision Making.
2 Demand Theory and supply- Demand and its Determination - Law of 9
Demand, Types of Demand, Demand Function, Economic Concept of
Elasticity (Price, Cross and Income Elasticity). Concept of Supply,
Demand and Supply Equilibrium, Shift in Demand and Supply.
3 Theory of Production -Production function, Law of Diminishing Marginal 8
Returns, Three stages of Production, The Long run Production function,
Isoquant and Isocost curve, Importance of Production function
in managerial decision making.
4 Theory of Cost - Classification of Costs - Short Run and Long Run 7
Cost, Cost Function, Scale Economies, Scope Economies, Dual
Relationship Between Cost and Production Function, Least cost
combination of input (Producer Equilibrium).
5 Market Structure - Introduction to different types of Market- Price 9
Determination under Perfect Competition- Introduction, Market and
Market Structure, Perfect Competition, Price-Output Determination

Page 32
 under Perfect Competition, Short-run Industry Equilibrium, Short- run
Firm Equilibrium, Long-run Industry Equilibrium, Long-run Firm
Equilibrium under Perfect Competition.Pricing Under Imperfect
Competition- Introduction, Monopoly, Price Discrimination under
Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition,
Oligopoly (Kinked Curve), Game theory.
6 Macroeconomic markets and Integration -Product Market: Saving and 7
Investment Function, consumption function. Aggregate demand and
Aggregate supply. Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy for uplifting the
economy. Types of Business Cycle.
Activi Students are required to prepare workbook (practical file) -Hands on
ty practice towards diagrams of Demand, Supply, Markets and price
determination.
News from economic times –For Policy Making, Industry related and
country specific.
Applications of managerial economics in different firms.
Comparing the GDP and other key indicators across the countries.
Macroeconomic indicators and the role of fiscal policy in uplifting
economy.

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National DN Dwivedi Managerial Economics 2015 Vikas
Publishing
2 National G.S Gupta Managerial Economics: 2004 McGraw
Micro Economic Hill
3 National H.L.Ahuja Managerial Economics 2017 S. Chand

4 International D. Salvatore Managerial Economics 2015 Oxford

5 International R.Dornbusch, Macro Economics 2018 McGraw
S.Fischer Hill
6 International A.Koutsoyiannis Micro Economics 1979 Mac
Millan
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No.
1 www.rbi.org.in
2 www.economicshelp.org
3 www.federalreserve.gov
4 www.economist.com
5 www.bbc.com
6 International Journal of Economic policy in Emerging
Economieshttps://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijepee
7 Journal of International
Economicshttps://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-international-
economics/

Page 33
MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No.
1 Swayam –IIT
https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg20/preview
2 Swayam –IIM
https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_imb19_mg16/preview
3 EDX –IIM
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-managerial-economics-2
4 Coursera
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/managerial-economics-business-
analysis

Page 34
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 103 Financial and Management Accounting
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To acquaint the learners with the fundamentals of Financial Accounting.
 To orient to the Accounting mechanics involved in preparation of Books of Accounts
and
Financial Statements of a sole proprietor
 To make the students familiar with International Accounting Standards and
International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
 To introduce the concepts of Cost and Management Accounting
 To orient the students about application of budgetary control as a technique o
Management Accounting
 To acquaint the students with application of Standard Costing and Marginal Costing as
techniques of Management Accounting

Learning Outcomes :
 Learners will able to know the fundamentals of Financial Accounting and Accounting
Principles
 Learners will demonstrate the ability to prepare Financial Statements of a sole
proprietor
 Learners will understand the utility and importance of International Accounting
Standards
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
 Learners will be familiar with concepts of Cost and management Accounting
 Learners will be able to apply the technique of Budgetary Control
 Learners will be able to apply the technique of Standard Costing and Marginal
Costing.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting: Definition, Objectives and Scope, Accounting 7
Concepts and Conventions, GAAP, Branches of Accounting,Accounting
Cycle, End Users of Financial Statements
2 Accounting Mechanics 11
Principles of Double Entry Book-Keeping, JournalLedger and Preparation
of Trial Balance, Preparation of Trading, Profit & Loss Account and
Balance Sheet of a Sole Proprietor, Meaning of Financial Statements,
Importance and Objectives of Financial Statements
3 Introduction to International Accounting Standards 5
Development of international accountingStandards and financial reporting
rules. Role of ICAI and Ministry of Corporate affairs in setting up
Accounting Standards. Need and Advantages of International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) IFRS for Small and Medium Enterprises

Page 35
 (SMEs).
4 Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting 6
Cost Accounting: Meaning and Importance ,Concept of Cost Centre, Cost
Unit, Classification of Costs, Preparation of Cost Sheet, Management
Accounting: Definition, Nature and Scope, Distinction between Financial
Accounting and Management Accounting
5 Techniques of Management Accounting (Budgetary Control) 8
Meaning, Objectives, Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control
Types of Budgets, Preparation of Flexible Budget and Cash Budget
6 Techniques of Management Accounting (Standard Costing and 11
Marginal Costing)
Meaning of Standard Costing, Steps to implement Standard Costing
Variance Analysis of Material and Labour Costs, Marginal Costing –
Meaning of Marginal Cost, Characteristics and Advantages of Marginal
Costing, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis – Profit/Volume ratio, Break-Even
Analysis and Margin of Safety, Caselets of Management accounting :
decision making

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books(Publisher) Edition Company
1 – National S.N. Maheswari An Introduction to 11th Vikas
Accounting edition
2 – National Ambarish Gupta Financial Accounting for 5th Pearson
Management edition
3 – National Ashok Seghal, Taxman‘s Financial 2015 Taxman
Deepak Seghal Accounting edition
4 – International Colin Drury, Cost and Management 7th 2011 Cengage
Huddersfield Accounting Learners
5 – International Pauline Weetman Financial and Management 7th 2015 Pearson
Fin Accounting – An
introduction,
6 – International Jan Williams , Sue Financial & Managerial Acc 18th McGraw
Haka , Mark Bettner , ounting, edition hill
Joseph Carcell

Online Resources:

Online Resources No. Web site address

1 https://www.moneycontrol.com/
2 www.icai.org
3 https://www.ifrs.org/
4 https://icmai.in/icmai
5 https://www.rbi.org.in/

Page 36
MOOCs:

Resources No. Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/wharton-accounting
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/whartonaccounting-769
3 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec19_cm04/preview
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg36/preview
5 https://www.coursera.org/learn/accounting-for-managers

Page 37
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 104 Organizational Behavior
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Full Credit 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To create Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals and Leaders.
 To transform the individuals to cater to the needs of the society and contribute to
Nation building
 To develop entrepreneurs to register different aspects of their business under
remedial individual and team behavior.
 To improve Organizational Behavior by having a sound knowledge of cultural
differences.
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world.
 The awareness of applicable leadership qualities for entrepreneurs / corporate /
managers.
 To develop skills and inculcate motivational concepts.
 To be aware of individual, cultural difficulties of organizations and to be able
to master over them.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Organizational Behaviour – Definition - Evolution of the 8
Concept of OB- Contributions to OB by major behavioural science
disciplines - Challenges and Opportunities for OB managers - Models of
OB study
2 Individual Behavior : Perception – Factors influencing perception, Process, 8
Perception distortion- halo effect, stereotyping, projection,
Attitudes and Job Satisfaction - Components of Attitude - Major Job
Attitudes - Job Satisfaction, Job involvement, Organizational Commitment.
Personality and Values - Personality Determinants - MBTI, Big - Five
Model, Values - Formation - Types of Values, Learning- Theories of
Learning –reinforcement
3 Motivation Concepts to applications: Concept of motivation - Definition - 8
Theories of Motivation - Maslow‘s' need Theory, Herzberg‘s Two factor
theory, McClelland, Porter and Lawler Model, ERG Theory - Theory X and
Theory Y Equity Theory - Vroom's Expectancy Theory – Application of
Motivation concept, Individual motivation and motivation in the
organization, Cultural Differences in Motivation, Intrinsic and Extrinsic
Motivation, The Job Characteristics model – Work Redesign
4 Group Behavior: Group-Formation o fGroup -Classification-informal and 8
formal groups, Group Properties - Roles, norms, status, size and
cohesiveness-Group decision making–Group Shift, Group Think,Creating
effective teams.Conflict-Process-Conflict management
5 Leadership: Concept of Leadership-Traits of good Leader-Difference 8
between Leader and Manager-Theories of Leadership– Trait theory,
Behavioral theory and Contingency theory, Ohio State and Michigan
Studies

Page 38
 -Blake and Mouton theory-Fielders model-Likert's model.
Managers as leaders. Leadership Styles. Future perspectives of Leadership
6 The Organization System : Stress: meaning and types, burnout, causes and 8
consequences of stress, strategies to manage stress,
Workforce diversity- Diversity management strategies. Culture -
Definition, Culture's function, need and importance of Cross Cultural
training –
Organizational Change – Forces for change, resistance to change,
Managing organizational change.

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 National Kavita Singh Organizational 2015, 3rd Pearson
Behaviour edition Publication
2 International Robbins, Timothy Organizational 12th edition Stephen Pearson
Judge, SeemaSanghi Behaviour Prentice Hall
3 National M N Mishra Organizational 2010 Vikas Publishing
Behaviour House Pvt.
Limited
4 International Fred Luthans Organizational 13th edition Mc Grow Hill
Behaviour Inc
5 International John Newstrom and Organizational 11th edition Tata McGrow
Keith Davis Behaviour Hill

Online Resources No. Web site address

1 www.bretlsimmons.com
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JIa7vP3gyL4
3 www.positivesharing.com
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2Xv9Am7PWQ

MOOCs:

Resources No. Web site address

1 Alisons
2 Swayam

Page 39
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 105 Statistical Techniques
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To introduce to the learner the importance of statistical techniques in business
applications
 To familiarize with the basic concepts of statistical techniques.
 To expose to the Graphical representation of data.
 To impart skills in computation and application of correlation and regression.
 To understand the basics of probability and testing of hypotheses
Learning Outcomes:
After learning the concepts of Statistical Techniques, students will be able to have a
 Develop numerical ability to solve examples on various topics and specifically
formation and Testing of Hypothesis
 Have clear understanding of various statistical tools and their applications in Business.
 Analyze the importance of Statistical Techniques in different functional areas of
Management.
 Apply Correlation and Regression Techniques in Business applications.
 To apply the statistical techniques to small data sets for analysis and interpretation

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Statistics: Introduction to Statistics, Importance of 6
Statistics in modern business environment. Applications of Statistics.
Frequency and Frequency Distribution, Diagrammatic and graphic
representation of Data – Bar diagrams, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency
polygon , Frequency curve, Ogive curves
2 Measures of Central Tendency Measures of Central Tendency: 10
Arithmetic mean, Median and Mode, examples on missing frequency,
Positional averages - Quartiles, deciles and percentiles.
3 Measures of Dispersion – Range - Quartile deviations, Mean deviation, 12
Standard Deviation, Variance, Coefficient of Variation. Applications in
business and management.
4 Correlation analysis: Correlation, Types of Correlation, Scatter diagram, 6
Karl Pearson‘s correlation coefficient, Properties of Karl Pearson‘s
correlation coefficient, Spearman‘s Rank Correlation Coefficient.
5 Regression analysis: Regression lines, Regression coefficients. Business 6
application
6 Probability & Probability Distributions: Elementary probability
concepts: Random Experiment, Outcome, Sample space, Examples on 6
Tossing of coins, throwing dice, playing cards.
Probability Distributions- Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution

Page 40
Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
(Publisher) Author Edition
1 – National S.C.Gupta& Business 2016 Himalaya Publishing
Indira Gupta Statistics House
2 – National Bhardwaj R. S. Business 2009 Excel Books India
Statistics
3 – National R.P. Hooda Statistics for 2013 Vikas Publishing
Business and House
Economics
4 – International Richard I. Levin Statistics for 1994 Prentice Hall
& David Management
5 – International Robert S. Witte, Statistics 2014 John Wiley & Sons
John S. Witte
6 – International Dr. Jim McClave, Statistics for 2011 Pearson
Dr. Terry Sincich Business and
Economics

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
2 https://en.wikipedia.org
3 https://managementhelp.org
4 https://www.cleverism.com
5 https://commercemates.com
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com
3 www.coursera.org

Page 41
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 106 Organization Development and Change
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand principles and practices of behavioral science
 to identify the organizational changes and challenges
 to know the different intervention strategies
Learning Outcomes :
On the successful completion of this course the learner will be able to;
 To apply behavioral science principles and practices to increase individual and
organizational effectiveness
 To diagnose and address organizational challenges using planned intervention
strategies
Unit Contents Sessions

1 Organizational Change: Concept and Significance; Managing Change; 7

Concept of Analyzing the Environment; Types of Change: Continuous or
Incremental Change; Discontinuous or Radial Change; Participate Change
and Directive Change; Change Levers; Levels of Change: Knowledge
Changes; Attitudinal Changes; Individual Behavior Changes and
Organizational Performance Changes.

2 Implementing Change: Models and theories of planned change, System 10

Theory, Parallel Learning Structure, Action Research, personal and
organizational barriers to change, Overcoming Resistance to change

3 Organization Development (OD) - Introduction To Organization 6

Development (OD) : Definition ,growth and Historical overview of OD,
Growth and evolution of OD, Managing The OD Process Entering and
contracting- Entering into an OD Relationship and developing a contract,
Diagnosing- The Need for Diagnostic Models ,Organizational -level
,Group -level and Individual-level Diagnosis; Ethical issues in Client-
Consultant relationship.

4 Designing Interventions: An overview of OD Interventions, 10

Classification, Individual , Interpersonal and Team Interventions –
Individual and Third - party Peace making Intervention, T-Groups,
Behavioral Modeling, Life and Career Planning, Coaching and
Mentoring, Transactional Analysis, TQM

5 Team Interventions: Importance of teams, characteristics of effective 4

teams, types of team building –Group Diagnostic meeting, Role Analysis
Technique(RAT ),Role Negotiation Technique, Process consultation
Approach

Page 42
 6 Organization Theory, Design & Structure : Theories of Organization
structure, Survey feedback Method, Beckhardts confrontation meeting,
8
Grid organization Development, Organization transformation, The MBO
Approach to OD, Work redesign, Learning Organization, Organization
Design and Work Culture

Reference Books: -

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book

Author
1 National Kavitha Singh Organisational change and Development , Excel
Books NewDelhi,2010
2 National MadhukarShukla, ‗Understanding Organisations‘ – ‗Organisational
Theory &Practicein India‘, Prentice Hall of India,
2005
3 National Venkataratnam (ed) : Challenge of Change : IndustrialRelations in
C.S., Varma, Anil Indian Industry : Allied Pub. Ltd., New Delhi .

4. National Pattanayak, Change for Growth, WheelerPublications, New

Biswajeet and Delhi
Kumar Pravash,
5.International French Wendell L. Organization Development, Pearson Education,
, Bell Cecil H. Jr
6.International Gareth R.Jones, ‗Organisational Theory‘, Design & Change,
Pearson Education, 2004
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resource
s No
1 https://www.icsi.edu/media/portals/25/Management%20of%20Change%20and%
20
Organizational%20Development.pdf
2 msmgf.org/files/msmgf/documents/Org_Dev/Organizational%20Change%20and
%20
Development.pdf
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 Swayam
2 Coursera

Page 43
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 107 Business Communication
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 03 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with the process of communication, make them
understand the principles and techniques of Business Communication.
 To enable students to comprehend the different dimensions of Business
Communication.
 To enlighten about the communications strategy for managers.

Learning Outcomes:
 The Students should be able to communicate effectively in professional circles.
 There should be a positive change in the oral and written communication skills of
the students after studying the subject.
 The students should be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations
write formal reports and deliver speeches independently.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Basic Principles of Communication: 06
Introduction, Understanding Communication, the Communication
Process, Barriers to Communication, the Importance of Communication in
the Workplace, Types of Communication channels, their effectiveness
and limitations, Importance of Non-Verbal
Communication
2 Communication in Organizations 06
Communication needs of business organization, Strategies for improving
Organizational communication, direction of flow of communication in
organization, networks of flow of communication–wheel network, chain
network, Y network, circle network.
Feedback, types of feedback, importance of feedback
Intra-organizational communication, inter-organizational communication.
Inter-cultural communication – guidelines for effective communication
across cultures
3 Verbal & Non-verbal communication: Introduction, Advantages of verbal 06
Communication, Public Speaking, Meaning, Importance, Uses of non-
verbal communication, Body Language, Gestures, Postures, Para
Language, nonverbal aspects of written communication. Presentation Skills
–Techniques for effective Presentations, Qualities of a skillful Presenter.
Group Discussions and Interviews: Introduction, What is a Group
Discussion? Attending Job Interviews, Preparation for GD, and Interviews.
Exercises for Oral Communications – Individual and Group
Presentations, Group discussion, Extempore, Role Playing, Debates, and
Quiz

4 The Importance of Listening and Reading Skills: 06

Introduction, what is listening? Barriers to Listening, Strategies for

Page 44
 Effective Listening, Listening in a Business Context
Reading Skills for Effective Business Communication: Introduction, what
is reading? Types of reading, SQ3R Technique of Reading.
5 Guidelines for Written Business Communication: Introduction, General 15
Principles of Writing, Principles of Business Writing Internal Business
Communication: Introduction,Writing Memos, Circulars, Notices,
Meeting:agenda, minutes of the meeting ,Email, Communication with
Shareholders External Business,Writing Business Letters:
Introduction,Types of Business Letters, Format for Business Letters (Types
of business letters: office order, office circular, invitation letters, inquiry
letters, trade reference letters, etc Letters from Purchase department,
Letters from the different functional departments, Letters of social
significance, Tenders, Quotations and Orders, Banking Correspondence,
dealing with complaints)
Exercises for Written Communications: Essay writing, Speech Writing,
Creative Writing, Poster Making, Writing, an Advertisement Copy,
Slogans, Captions, & preparing Press notes, Letter Of Acceptance, Letter
Of Resignation Writing Business Reports: Introduction, What is a Report?
Types of Business Reports, Format for Business Reports, Steps in Report
Preparation Employment Communication – Resumes and CoverLetters:
Introduction, Writing a Resume, Writing Job Application Letters,
And Other Letters about Employment
6 Technology enabled communication–role of technology, different forms of 06
technology for communication, Telephone Etiquette, Netiquette
Communication Strategy for Managers: Communicating different
types of messages – positive or neutral messages, negative messages,
persuasive messages, effective team communication, motivational
communication

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of Author Title of the Book Publisher

1 National MeenakshiRaman,Prakash Business Oxford Higher
Singh Communication Education
2 National R.K.Madhukar Business Vikas Publications
Communication
3 National UrmilaRai, S M Rai Business Himalaya
Communication Publications
4 International Shirley Taylor Communication for Pearson Longman
Business Publications
5 International Kerry Patterson, Joseph Crucial Conversations: McGraw-Hill
Grenny Tools for Talking
When Stakes Are High
6 International John V. Thill, Courtland Excellence in Business Pearson Publications
L. Bovee Communication

Page 45
Online Resources:

Resource Website Address

No.
01 https://www.freebookcentre.net/business-books-download/Business-
Communication.html
02 https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/business-communication-for-
success
03 https://courses.lumenlearning.com/wm-businesscommunicationmgrs/

MOOCs:

Sr. No. Details

01 www.coursera.org
02 www.udemy.com
03 my-mooc.com

Page 46
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 108 Fundamentals of Information Technology
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives
 To impart the IT skills and Knowledge required for managers.
 To help the students understand the basics of computer technology and Networking
 To help the students develop the use of Tools like Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel
and Power point
 To orient the students about the E-Commerce technology and its applications in
Business world.
 To help the students understand various Information Systems implemented in
organizations
 To acquaint the students with various current trends and concepts of computer
Technology.
Learning Outcomes:
 Students will be able to gain the basic knowledge of Computer Technology
 Students will be able to know the basics of computer technology and Networking
 Students will be able to practically use the tools like Microsoft Word, Microsoft
Excel and Power point
 Students will understand the E-commerce technology and its applications
 Students will have a greater understanding of with Information Systems
implemented in organizations
 Students will be familiar with new terms and trends of computer technology
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Computer Technology, Basic operations and connecting 6
Devices and External Operating devices,
Types of Software: (system, Utility, Applications)
types of application software (content access, end user, enterprise,
simulation, application suite), examples, selecting and acquiring software
options for procuring the software (licensed, sold, public domain, open
source, freeware, shareware),
software trends and issues (mobile applications, integration of in-house
and outsourced services strategy, cloud based enterprise solutions), Data
Base, Data Base Management Systems
2 Networking: Definition of Network, Types of Networks, Advantages of 6
Networks, Internet: Definition , concept, advantages, threats,
applications
3 Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft PowerPoint : 6
IT Skills: Lab sessions necessary
Microsoft Office- Introduction and working with MS Word, Features -
insert headers and footers, insert table and table options, Mail Merge.etc
MS Power point- Basic introduction, features, Creating & Formatting
Content Collaborating – Track, Edit, Add, Delete Comments, Merge
Managing & Delivering Presentations, design a template, entering data to
graph, organization chart, slide transitions, creating slide shows.

Page 47
 MS Excel – Basic functions, Creating, Analyzing & Formatting Data &
Content Collaborating – Insert, View, Edit etc. Managing Workbooks,
advance functions, sensitivity analysis, Pivot tables etc.
4 E-COMMERCE: E-commerce : Definition, evolution, advantages. Types 6
of E-commerce: B2B, B2C, C2C, E-governance,. Impact of E- commerce
on Banking Industry. How Banking Industry has evolved post
E-commerce applications.
5 Introduction to MIS: Principles of MIS, Characteristics, functions, 6
structure & Classification of MIS, information for decisions; MIS in
Manufacturing, Marketing, Finance Human Resource Management,
Materials & Project Management; Brief idea about knowledge
management, Information Technology in Knowledge Management, Roles
of people in knowledge management. Types of information systems (TPS,
MIS, DSS, ESS, ES, KWS), GIS Information systems and functional areas-
Transaction processing system, Human Resource systems and Marketing
systems, Operations and Financial Management
Systems.
6 Current trends- Integrated enterprise system (ERP, CRM, and SCM), 6
governance tool, ITIL. Concept of SMAC (Social, Mobile, Analytics and
Communication), use of Social media face book, tweeter, LinkedIn etc. for
general communication and business communication, social media for
marketing, email and video conferencing tools for business
communication, Analytical tools of data interpretation.
Latest terms in computer technology: Business Intelligence, Cloud
Computing, Content Management, Disruptive Technology, Green
Technology, Artificial Intelligence, Wearable devices, GUI (Graphical
user Interface), Audio-visual communication/ meeting platforms such as
Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, social media communications for
business

Reference Books

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Author Edition
1 – National Ramesh Bahl Information Tata Macgraw Hill
Technology for
Managers
2 – National Pradeep K. Computer BPB Publications
Sinha Fundamentals
3 – National A. K. Saini, Computer Application Anmol Publications
Pradeep Kumar in Management

Page 48
4– Geoff Walsham ―Interpreting The Global Text
International Information Systems Project , 2011,
in Organizations‖ http://www.saylor.or
g/site/textbooks/Infor
mation%20Systems
%20for%20Business
%
20and%20Beyond.pd
f

5– Henry C. Lucas ―Information McGraw-Hill/Irwin ,

International Technology for 2009
Management‖
6– David T. ―Information Systems Saylor Foundation ,
International Bourgeois for Business and 2014
Beyond‖

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://www.webopedia.com/
2 http://intronetworks.cs.luc.edu/current/ComputerNetworks.pdf
3 https://www.managementstudyguide.com/understanding-e-commerce.htm
4 https://www.sigc.edu/department/mba/studymet/ManagmentInformationSystem
.pdf
5 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/management_information_system/basic_inform
ation_concepts.htm

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No.
1 https://www.coursera.org/browse/information-technology
2 https://www.udemy.com
3 https://alison.com

Page 49
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode Cour
I 110 Open Agriculture Business Management
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 02 IE IE = 100
CourseObjectives:
 To UnderstandProblems and prospectus of Agricultural sector in India
 To Demonstratetoolsandtechniquesrequiredtouplift managerial skills to develop
advancements in agricultural sector
 To Identifyandimplementmanagerial initiatives in agricultural sector
LearningOutcomes:
 Students will be well equipped with Managerial Skills required in agricultural
sector.
 Students can use managerial skills to become agricultural entrepreneur
 Students will new dimensions to the traditional agricultural pattern
 Students will well equipped with skills required for expansions of Agricultural
sector
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction:Agribusiness, Meaning, Scope and Importance, Current 5
Scenario of agribusiness in India, Problems and Plausible solutions.
2 Structure and Forms of Agri- Business 5
Different forms of Agri-businesses ,Structure of Agri-Business,
Marketing Problems and Solutions of Agricultural produce, Role of
Cooperatives in development and marketing of Agricultural Sector
3 Financial Support:Micro financing, Institutes providingagricultural 10
funds,Role of Financial institutions supporting agricultural sector at
central level, state level and district level cooperative in agricultural
financing.
4 Distribution support: 5
Organizations supporting in distribution of agricultural produce at national
level ,state level and district level taluka level , Role of Co-operatives
5 Role of Government :Role of Government in Price Determinations 5
,Impact of Government rules and regulations on price determinations
6 Agri- Business Controlling : Agricultural produce quality Control 5
,Return on Investment , Agricultural productivity Control

Page 50
 ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddit Publisher

ion
Company
1. American Institute of
Co-operation Farmers in
2. Marketing by Framers NCDC New Delhi
for Farmers

OnlineResources:

Online Website address

ResourcesNo.
1 Fundamentals-Of-AgriBusiness-
Management-ICAR-ecourse-Free-PDf-Book-
Download-e-krishi-shiksha.html
2 https://www.agriexam.com/fundamentals-of-
agri-business-management-book-pdf

MOOCs:

ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/agriculture -lean-
2 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/agribusiness-
3 https://aims.gitbook.io/farm-data-mooc/
4

Page 51
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode Cours
I 110 - Open Community Work-I
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 02 IE IE -100
CourseObjectives:
 This Course aims to expose the students to social issues and help them to participate in
community work through trips /events organized in the institute and to volunteer at
events like fundraising activities, fair, festivals, slums and NGOS.

 To expose the students towards social reality and role of community development
forsocial upliftment and well-being.
 To involve students in community work through active involvement andparticipation

LearningOutcomes:
 Students will be able to know the community needs and understand their role in to
contribute meaningfully towards community development.

 Students will be developed and accepted by the society as very responsible youth
of the nation

 Students will understand and impart the role of them in the society
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction : 5.
History, meaning, Goals, values, functions, role and process of
community work. Professional and voluntary community work.
Attitudes, roles and skills of a community worker
2 Social concerns in India: poverty, unemployment, population, 5
problems faced by women – dowry, domestic violence, etc. Social
problems - terrorism, corruption, caste conflict, drug abuse, AIDS,
ETC.
3 Types of Community Work 5
Types of community work. Caring for needy, helping the poor,
fundraising drives- organizing
4 Community Work for Slums 5
Learn the government facilities, NGOs which are working for the
slums and try to connect any NGO.
5 Community Work for Environment
Role of Govt.and NGOs which are working to save the environment,
Initiatives like Clean your city drive, Cycle day, Awareness of Dry and 5
wet waste classification, Tree Plantation Drive, Environemnt awareness
activities etc

Page 52
 6 Community Hours: 5
Participate in community service trips/events organized at institute, state
level etc , Volunteer at events like fundraising activities, fairs, festivals,
slums, non profit organization etc , Submit a report on a particular type
of community involvement undertaken

ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddi Publisher

tion
Company
1. Rhonda Phillips, An Introduction to Community 2014
Robert Pittman Development
2. Manohar S. Pawar, Community Development in 2009
Asia and The Pacific

OnlineResources:

Online Websiteaddress

Resources
1 https://communitywealth.org/sites/clone.communit
2 wealth.org/files/downloads/tool-
3 https://www.ahaprocess.com/solutions/communitye
nts-resources/free-resources/

MOOCs:

ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://alison.com/course/diploma-in-
community-development

Page 53
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 110 - Open Current Affairs
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE-100
Course Objectives :
 Apply the knowledge of management theories andpractices in resolving the business
problems.
 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
Learning Outcomes:
 To enable the students to take decisions related to critical current business issues.
 To be able to Interpret and understand the current business issues.
 To analyze business current affairs.
 To acquaint with the current happenings in the business.
 To comprehend the current affairs and its implications on businesses at national and
international level.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Economy: Monetary and Fiscal Policy, Budget Analysis, Digital 6
Economy, Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, UBI (Universal Basic
Income), Banking Sector - Bank Mergers, Private Bank Licensing,
Payment Banks etc.
2 Financial, Judicial and Political Reforms - National Issues, Indian 6
Economy, Ease of doing Business, Labor Laws, Enforcing of Contracts,
Recent Employee Unrest in Industry
3 Corporate Social Responsibility, Social Schemes, Reports, Committee and 6
CommissionSustainability – Paris Climate Agreement and Protocol,
Global Calamities,Science and Technology, Green Energy etc.
4 Global Business Environment: Globalization and Protectionism, Trade 6
Wars, Tariffs, Subsidies and Trade Barriers.
Global Trade Treaties, RCEP, NAFTA, G20, Brexit
5 Article Reading and Discussion on Current Affairs: 6
 Economics Times
 Mint
 Business Line (by Hindu)
Book Reading:
 Imagining India – NandanNilekani
 Breakout Nations – Ruchir Sharma
 Wings of fire- An autobiography of APJ Abdul Kalam
6 Students are required to prepare workbook (practical file) for assimilating
data of different events. Make presentations, Study the related topic
independently and analyse and relate the current decision with the issue.

Page 54
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Edition Publisher

Author Company
1..National Dr. Abdul Wings of fire- An 1999 University
Kalam&ArunTiwa autobiography of APJ Press
ri Abdul Kalam
2. National Mahatma Gandhi Mahatma Gandhi 1948 Dover
Autobiography : The Publication
story of my
experiments with
truth.
3 – National Jawaharlal Nehru The Discovery of 2008 Penguin
India by Jawaharlal
Nehru
4 – International Loren B. Belker, The First- Time 2005 Amacom
Gary S. Topchick Manager
5 – International Bear Grylls A Survival Guide for 2013 July
life – How to achieve
your goals, thrive in
adversity, and grow in
character.
6 – International FransJohanson The Medici Effect- 2004 HBS Press
What Elephants &
Epidemics can teach
us about Innovation.
7 – International Charles Futrell ABC's of Selling 1989 Irwin

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
Resources
1 https://dea.gov.in
2 https//finmin.nic.in
3 www.wto.org
4 www.commerce.nic.in
5 www.weforum.com
6 https://www.journals.elsevier.com/
7 http://www.jibs.net/
8 Open Textbook Library https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/
international-business

Page 55
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1. Economics https://www.es.corporatefinanceinstitute.com
2. Politics https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-contemporary-issues-in-world-
politics-
11431?utm_source=mooc_report&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=ne
w_courses_october_2018
3. Business EDX https://www.edx.org/learn/international-business
4. Leadership https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-agile-leadership-principles-and-
practices-
11920?utm_source=mooc_report&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=ne
w_courses_october_2018
5. International https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105031/
Financial
Environment

Page 56
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode Course Title
I 110 - Open Universal Human Values
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 2 IE IE-100
CourseObjectives:
 To help the students appreciate the essential complementarily between 'VALUES' and
'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the core aspirations of
all human beings.
 To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and
profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding
of the Human reality and the rest of existence. Such a holistic perspective forms the basis
of Universal Human Values and movement towards value-based living in a naturalway.
 To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical
human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour and mutually enriching
interaction with Nature.religion, ethnicity, gender, and development

LearningOutcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
 Evaluate the significance of value inputs in formal education and start applying them in
their life and profession
 Distinguish between values and skills, happiness and accumulation of physical facilities,
the Self and the Body, Intention and Competence of an individual, etc.
 Analyze the value of harmonious relationship based on trust and respect in their life and
profession 4. Examine the role of a human being in ensuring harmony in society and
nature.
 Apply the understanding of ethical conduct to formulate the strategy for ethical life and
profession.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction-Basic Human Aspiration, its fulfillment through 5
Allencompassing Resolution
The basic human aspirations and their fulfillment through Right
understanding and Resolution, Right understanding and Resolution as the
activities of the Self, Self being central to Human Existence; All-
encompassing Resolution for a Human Being, its details and solution of
problems in the light of Resolution
2 Right Understanding (Knowing)- Knower, Known & the Process 5
The domain of right understanding starting from understanding the
human being (the knower, the experiencer and the doer) and extending
up to understanding nature/existence – its interconnectedness and co-
existence; and finally understanding the role of human being in
existence (human conduct).
3 Module 3: Understanding Human Being 5
Understanding the human being comprehensively as the first step and the
core theme of this course; human being as co-existence of the self and the
body; the activities and potentialities of the self; Basis for
harmony/contradiction in the self

Page 57
 4 Understanding Nature and Existence 5
A comprehensive understanding (knowledge) about the existence, Nature
being included; the need and process of inner evolution (through self-
exploration, selfawareness and self-evaluation), particularly awakening to
activities of the Self: Realization, Understanding and Contemplation in
the Self (Realization of Co-Existence, Understanding of Harmony in
Nature and Contemplation of Participation of Human in this harmony/
order leading to comprehensive knowledge about the
existence).
5 Understanding Human Conduct, All-encompassing Resolution &
Holistic Way of Living 5
Understanding Human Conduct, different aspects of All-encompassing
Resolution (understanding, wisdom, science etc.), Holistic way of living
for Human Being with Allencompassing Resolution covering all four
dimensions of human endeavor viz., realization, thought, behavior and
work (participation in the larger order) leading to harmony at all levels
from Self to Nature and entire Existence
6 Case Studies on Universal Human Values 5

ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year of Publisher

Edition
1 R R Gaur, R A Foundation Course inHuman 2019 Excel Books,
Asthana, G P Values and Professional Ethics New Delhi.
2 A N Tripathy, Human Values, 2003 New Age
International
3 P L Dhar, RR Gaur Science and Humanism 1990 Commonwealth
Publishers.
4 E G Seebauer& Fundamentals of Ethics for 2000 Oxford University
Robert L. Berry Scientists &Engineers, Press

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

1 www.amnesty.org/en/human-rights-education/
2 www.hurights.or.jp
3 https://www.ohchr.org/
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.coursera.org
2 www. cefims.as.uk
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://www.khanacademy.org/
5 swayam.gov.in

Page 58
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode Course Title
I 110 - Open Counseling Psychology
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 2 IE IE:100
CourseObjectives:
 To understand how human life unfolds from conception to late adulthood.
 To develop an understanding of basic concepts, processes, techniques of Counseling
 To help the students learn how to understand and manage their emotions and develop
emotional competencies.
 To understand the main symptoms and sources of stress and learn ways of coping
with stress

LearningOutcomes:
 Communication: Communicate clearly and effectively in both written and oral forms
to an intended audience using appropriate strategies and methods.
 Critical Thinking: Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate strengths and
weakness of divergent psychological Domain.
 Quantitative Analysis and Reasoning: Students will demonstrate their ability to apply
quantitative analytical processes to solving data analysis problems associated with
psychological research.
 Problem Solving ability: Students will understand the ethical complexity of human
interactions in an applied psychological context; students will demonstrate the skill of
applying a formal ethical decision-making process.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: Meaning and goals; Counseling process and 5
relationship; Counselor effectiveness, Counseling in the Indian
context
2 Approaches: Overview of approaches to counseling:Psychodynamic, 5
Behavioral, Person-centered and Cognitive- behavioral

3 Stress: Nature of stress, symptoms of stress, sources of stress, Stress 5

and health
4 Emotional Competence: Importance of recognizing and 5
understanding emotions in oneself and others, importance of
managing one‘s emotions
5 Techniques: Play, Relaxation, Yoga, Meditation 5
6 Applications: Family Counseling; School and Career Counseling, 5
Case studies

ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year of Publisher

Edition
Company
1 Rao, S.N. & Counselling and Guidance 2013 New Delhi: Tata
Sahajpal, P McGraw Hill

Page 59
 2 Seligman,L.& Theories of Counseling and 2010 3rd Ed. Indian
Reichenberg ,L.W Psychotherapy: Systems, reprint: Pearson.
Strategies, and Skills
3 Hogan, R. Development of an Empathy 1969 Journal of
Scale Consulting and
Clinical
4 Gladding, S. T Counseling: A 2012 7th ed. Pearson
Comprehensive Profession

OnlineResources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.shauntyhealing.com/
2 https://mindstrong.com/welcome/
3 https://in.searchley.com/

MOOCs:

Resources Websiteaddress
No
1 https://alison.com/
2 https://drvtx.com/
3 www.Coursera.org
4 www.Udemy.com
5 Swayam.gov.in

Page 60
MBA (HR) SEMESTER II
Revised Syllabus
With Effect from (2022 –23)

Page 61
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 201 Marketing Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand the core concepts of Marketing and approaches to Marketing.
 To differentiate the Marketing and Selling processes.
 To study the Marketing Environment and understand its influence on Marketing
Decisions.
 To study the concept of Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning.
 To understand the Marketing Mix Elements and their utility in Marketing.
 To Study the concept of Marketing Research and Marketing Information Systems.

Course Outcomes:
 Gain a solid understanding of key marketing concepts and skills.
 Identify and demonstrate the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing
decisions are taken and appreciate the implications for marketing strategy determination
and implementation.
 Develop the students' skills in applying the analytical perspectives on the concepts of
marketing and the decisions related to segmentation, targeting and positioning,
determining marketing mix etc.
 Develop an understanding of the underlying concepts, strategies and the issues involved
in the exchange of products and services and control the marketing mix variables in order
to achieve organizational goals.
 Develop strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicate your
recommendations and rationale.
 Discuss the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the
development of marketing strategy

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction: Meaning and definition of Marketing, Core concepts of 6
Marketing -Need, Want, Demand, Value, Exchange, Customer satisfaction
& Customer delight, Difference between Marketing and Selling, Business
orientations towards marketplace: Production, Product, Selling,
Marketing, Societal Marketing. Marketing environment - Micro
and Macro marketing environment
2 Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning: Meaning, need and importance, 10
bases for Consumer market segmentation and industrial market
segmentation, evaluation of identified segments and selection and
evaluation of target market. Targeting strategies: Levels of market
segmentation: segment marketing, niche marketing, local marketing and
individual marketing. Positioning and Differentiation: meaning, concept,
product, service, people and image differentiation, ways to position the
product
3 Marketing Mix: Concept, Seven P‟s of marketing mix: 15
Product – meaning, levels of product, product mix- product line –
decisions: line stretching, filling, pruning, width, length, depth. Product

Page 62
 life cycle (PLC) – Concept, stages in PLC, characteristics and strategies
for each stage of PLC. New product development process, Brand –
Concept, Brand Creation
Price – meaning, objectives of pricing, pricing approaches- cost based,
competition based, and market based, pricing strategies- skimming pricing,
penetrative pricing, psychological or odd pricing, perceived value pricing,
loss leader pricing etc.
Place- Importance of distribution in marketing of products or services,
Types of intermediaries, levels of channels, Channel Management
Decisions- factors considered for selection and motivation of dealers and
retailers, channel conflict- concept, types of channel conflict, ways to
resolve channel conflicts
Promotion- Elements of promotion mix: meaning of advertising, sales
promotion, personal selling, public relations, publicity, direct marketing
and event sponsorship
4 Consumer Behaviour: Meaning and definition, importance of studying 04
consumer behaviour in the field of marketing, different buying roles,
Consumer buying decision making process steps.
5 Marketing Planning and Control: Marketing Planning Process – Steps, 06
nature and contents of a marketing plan. Need of marketing control,
Annual plan control, productivity control,
Efficiency control and strategic control- marketing audit.
6 Marketing Research: Need and Importance of Marketing Research, 04
Marketing Research Process, Types of Marketing Research. Marketing
Information System- overview

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year and Publisher
Author edition Company
1 – National Dr. RajanSaxena Marketing 2016, Fifth Tata McGraw
Management edition Hill
Publications
V.S. Ramaswami Marketing 2013, fifth Tata McGraw
2 – National and S. Management- edition Hill
Namakumari Indian Context Publications
*Global Perspective
3 – National Dr. Tapan Panda Marketing 2009, second Excel Books
Management edition India
4 – International Philip Kotler, Principles of 2018, Pearson
Garry Armstrong, Marketing seventeenth Education
PrafullaAgnihotri edition
5 – International Philip Kotler, Marketing 2015, Pearson
Kavin Lane Management fifteenth Education
Keller edition India

Page 63
6 – International Michael J. Etzel, Marketing 2005, McGraw Hill
Bruce J. Walker, fourteenth Higher
William J. edition- Education
Stanton revised

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://managementhelp.org
2 https://bookboon.com/en/marketing-and-law-ebooks

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-marketing-management-revised
2 https://alison.com/course/understanding-your-audience-market-segmentation
3 https://alison.com/course/marketing-management-analysing-competitors-
and-customers-revised
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg48/preview

Page 64
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 202 Financial Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the fundamentals of Financial Management
 To orient on the skills set required for Financial Decision Making Techniques
 To orient on Financial Statement Analysis and Interpretation
 To develop analytical skills which would help decision making in Business.
 To develop the entrepreneurial mind set
Learning Outcomes :
 Development of basic skill sets required for Financial Decision Making
 Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret Financial Statements
 Graduates are able to improve their knowledge about functioning business,
identifying potential business opportunities, evolvement of business enterprises and
exploring entrepreneurial opportunities (BEDK)
 Graduates are expected to develop skills on analyzing the business data, application
of relevant analysis, problem solving in the functional areas, i.e. Critical thinking-
Business Analysis-Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions (CBPI)
 Developing Social Responsiveness to contextual social issues/ problems and
exploring solutions. Graduates are expected to identify problems, explore the
opportunities, design the business solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in
organizational decision making.(SRE)
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction 7
Meaning of Financial Management, Scope and Functions of Financial
Management, Objectives of Financial Management Profit Vs Wealth
Maximization, Finance Functions: Investment Decision, Liquidity
Decision, Financing Decision and Dividend Decision, concept of Social
Responsibility
2 Investment Decision: Capital Budgeting Decision 10
Meaning, Importance and process of Capital Budgeting, Concept of Time
Value of Money, Capital Budgeting Techniques - Problems & case
studies- Accounting Rate of Return, Payback Period, Net Present Value,
Profitability Index, Discounted Payback Period, Internal Rate of Return
Capital Budgeting under Risk and Uncertainty Concept and Techniques
3 Liquidity Decision: Working Capital Management: Meaning, Need and 6
Types of Working Capital, Components of Working Capital, Factors
determining Working capital, Estimation of Working Capital, Problems
and Case Studies on Estimation of Working Capital, Sources of Working
Capital Financing
4 Financing Decision: Sources of Long Term Domestic Finance: Shares, 8
Debentures, Retained Earnings, Capital Structure: Meaning and
Principles of Capital Structure Management, Factors affecting Capital
Structure, Cost of Capital: Meaning, Components, Cost of Debt, Cost of
Preference Share, Cost of Equity Share, Cost of Retained Earnings, and

Page 65
 Weighted Average Cost of Capital, Leverage: Concept and Types of
Leverage
5 Dividend Decision: Factors determining Divined policy, Theories of 4
Dividend- Gordon Model, Walter Model, MM Hypothesis, and Forms of
Dividend Payment: Cash Dividend, Bonus Share and Stock Split, Stock
Repurchase, Dividend Policies in Practice.
6 Financial Statement Analysis: Meaning and Types, Techniques of 10
Financial Statement Analysis: Common Size Statement, Comparative
Statement, Trend Analysis and Ratio Analysis. (Orientation level
Problems on Ratio analysis)Funds Flow Statement and Cash Flow
Statement.

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 – National SheebaKapil Fundamentals of Pearson
Financial Publications
Management
2 – National I.M. Pandey Financial Vikas
Management Publication
3 – National Khan and Jain Financial TATA
Management McGraw Hill

4- National R.P. Rustogi Financial

Management
4 – International Eugene F. Financial 11th
Brigham, Michael Management – edition.
C. Ehrhardt Theory and Practice
5 – International Jonathan Berk, Financial Pearson
Peter DeMarzo Management Publication
and Ashok
Thampy
6 – International Financial Wiley
Management And Publication
Accounting
7– International Business Finance Wiley
And Accounting Publication
Online Resources:

Online
Resources No Resources Name Web site address
1 Google Scholar https://scholar.google.com/
2 Gutenberg https://www.gutenberg.org/
3 Open Culture http://www.openculture.com/free_ebooks
4 Open Library https://openlibrary.org/

Page 66
MOOCs:

Resources Resources Name Web site address

No
1 Alison - free technology, language, https://alison.com/
science, health, humanities, business, math,
marketing and lifestyle courses.
2 Khan Academy - free online courses and https://www.khanacademy.org/
lessons
3 Futurelearn http://www.openculture.com/fre
e_ebooks
4 SWAYAM which is a India MOOCs https://swayam.gov.in/
platform for which University Grants
Commission has allowed upto 20% credit
transfer facility.
5 University of Florida www.coursera.org
6 University of London www. cefims.as.uk
7 IIM ,Bangalore www.edx.org

Page 67
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS 2020 –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 203 Human Resource Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To explain the significance of HRM and changing role of HRM
 To explain the process of HRP, Recruitment and Selection.
 To discuss the concept of training and development
 To illustrate the job evaluation and wage determination concepts.
 To bring out the role of HR in organization‘s effectiveness and employee
performance
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand and apply Human resource Management functions for effective
management of organization.
 Ability of designing job analysis and ability to understand various manpower
forecasting techniques
 Understand the techniques of recruitment, selection and interview and ability to
conduct the recruitment process
 Understand the training needs in the organization and ability to design suitable
training plan
 Understand the components of wages and salary and factors affecting it.
 Ability to analyze issues related to performance appraisal, career planning and
rewards management.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to HRM : 06
Definition, Nature and Scope of HRM, Objectives of HRM, Evolution of
HRM, Challenges of HRM, HR Profession and HR Department,Functions
of HRM, Global perspective of HRM
2 Human Resource Planning: 08
Definition HRP, Demand and Supply forecasting, factors
Affecting HRP, Job analysis and Job Design,
Recruitment and Selection – Recruitment Process, Sources and Methods
of Recruitment, Steps in selection process.
3 Training and Development: 09
Definition of Training, Need and Importance of Training and Development,
Training Need Analysis and techniques, Design Training Programme,
Methods of training, Training evaluation process.
4 Wages and salary Management 10
Definition, Job Evaluation-Process and methods. Wage Determination,
Types of Wages, Salary Structure, Fringe benefits, Executive
Compensation, Understanding Stock Options and designing incentive plans
5 Performance Appraisal: Definition, Need and Importance of 07
Performance Appraisal, objectives PA, Performance Appraisal Process,
Methods of Performance Appraisal.
6 Overview of Employee Relations Management- Meaning and 05
importance of Employee Relations Management, Employee Relation

Page 68
 Management Tools, Issues in Employee Relation Management,. Role of
HR Manager in employee relations

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 – National . SeemaSanghi Human Resource 2011 Macmilan
Management Publication,
2 – National V.S.P. Rao Human Resource 2006 Excel Books
Management
3 – National . K. Human Resource 2007 Tata McGraw-
Ashwathappa Management -Hill
4 – International Gary Dessler, Human Resource 2016 Pearson
BijuVarkey Management Publication,
12thEdition
5 – International Ronald J. Reinventing Human 2005 Routledge
Burke Cary L resources Place of
Cooper Management: Publishing
Challenges and new London
Directions
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://hbsp.harvard.edu/cases/
2 https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/human-resource-
management
3 https://www.icmrindia.org/case%20volumes/Case%20Studies%20in%20Hu
man%20Resource%20Management%20Vol%20I.htm
4 https://www.citehr.com/
5 https://www.hr-guide.com/
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/human-resource-management
2 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg15/preview
3 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-modern-human-resource-
management
4 https://www.classcentral.com/course/managing-human-resources-5462
5 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg15/preview

Page 69
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 204 International Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To prepare the students thoroughly with the domain knowledge and global issues of
International business.
 To discuss the reason of entering into International business through various trade
theories propounded by economist and practical aspects.
 To demonstrate through trade data analytics as to what to export and where to export
from India.
 To discuss the role and functions of International organizations and trade organisation
that is IMF, World Bank and WTO.
 To familiarize the students with the key trade blocks such as NAFTA, EU etc.
 To demonstrate the role of exchange rates in global markets.
Learning Outcomes :
 To enable the students to take decisions related to global issues and policies.
 To be able to Interpret Foreign trade policy and avail incentives offered under various
schemes.
 To analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to
export.
 To recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank.
 To acquaint with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc.
 To comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction of International Business and Entry Strategies- Definition of 6
International Business, Nature and Scope of International Business,
Domestic Trade versus International Trade, Forms of Countertrade.
Market Entry Strategies – Exporting, Importing, Joint venture,
Franchising, Merger and acquisition.
2 Globalization and Cultural Issues - Definition of Globalization, 6
Globalization of Markets, Pros and cons of Globalisation, Drivers of
Globalization , Cultural environment in International Business (Hofstede
Theory –Application in trade). Ease of Doing Business (Parameters
given by world bank) in India and across BRICS.
3 Trade Theories, Trade Policy, Trade Analytics - Trade theories – 10
Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage, Revealed Comparative Advantage,
H.O Theory and Porters Diamond Model.
International Trade Classification and Harmonized System (HS), Current
Foreign Trade Policy in force (General Provisions), Incentives offered
under FTP (Ch-3 and Ch-4 of Foreign Trade Policy).
Trade Map Analytics and calculation of RCA, TII for various products,
Ease of Doing Business.
4 Balance of Payment and FEMA Act - Components of BOP (Current and 8
Capital Account) , Credit and Debit Entries in BOP, Differentiate
between BOT and BOP , Key Provisions of FEMA Act 1999 and

Page 70
 difference between FERA and FEMA. Country Risk Analysis and
Lessons from ASIAN financial Crisis in 1997.
5 International Financial and Trade Organizations - Role of GATT, WTO, 9
IMF and World Bank group. Dispute settlement mechanism throughWTO.
Levels of trade integration. Basic conceptual note of NAFTA, SAARC and
European Union. Role of BRICS.
6 Foreign Exchange Market and Types of exchange rates - Direct and 6
indirect Quotes, Concept of Nostro and Vostro Account, Types of
Exchange - Fixed vs. Flexible Exchange Rate (Independent and Managed
Float) , Factors affecting Foreign Exchange Rate , Role, Functions and
Participants of Foreign Exchange Market
Students are required to prepare workbook (practical file) -Hands on
experience on trade data analytics to find out the trade related ratios such
as RCA (Revealed Comparative Analysis) and TII (Trade Intensity index).
Students are advised to prepare assignment/file using HS codes given and
find out the competitiveness to decide which market to enter and what
products should be exported from India.
Activity

Compare BRICS on EODB Ratings using data from world bank reports.
Cultural differences of at least five countries by a group of students to be
done. Globalisation Index to be understood in order to find out the
reasons for those who are highly globalized versus those who are less
globalized. Cultural differences across the countries to be explained
using Hofstedetheory. Key Exports from India and major markets to be
studied through data analytics.

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 – National Rakesh Mohan International 2009 OXFORD
Joshi (IIFT) Business
2 – National V.K Bhalla International 2013 S. Chand
Business

3 – National K. Aswathappa International 6th Edition McGraw Hill

Business 2017 Education
4 – International Donald Ball and International 9th Edition McGraw-Hill
MichealGeringer Business: The Education
Challenge of
Global Competition
5 – International Charles W. L. International 10 edition McGraw Hill
Hill Business: 2017 Education
Competing in the
Global Market
6 – International PrashantSalwan International 15th 2016 Pearson

Page 71
 John D. Daniels, Business,
Lee H. 15/e Fifteenth
Radebaugh, Edition, Kindle
Daniel P. Edition
Sullivan (Author)
7 – International Ricky W. International 8th Edition Pearson
Griffin (Author), Business, Global on (May
Michael Edition 15, 2014)
Pustay (Author)
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 www.imf.orf
2 www.wto.org
3 www.trademap.org
4 www.commerce.nic.in
5 www.dgft.gov.in
6 International Business Review https://www.journals.elsevier.com/international-
business-review
7 Journal of International Business Studies http://www.jibs.net/
Open Textbook Library https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/
8 international-business
MOOCs:

Resources Subject Web site address

No
1 International Business https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFMA2023/
2 International Business EDX
Environement and https://www.edx.org/course/international-business-
Global Startegy –IIMB environment-and-global-stra
(SushilVachani)
3 International Business EDX https://www.edx.org/learn/international-
business
4 International Business I COURSERA
(Coursera) Taught by - https://www.coursera.org/learn/international-
Doug E business
Thomas(university of
New Mexico)
5 International Financial https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105031/
Environment

Page 72
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 205 Production and Operations
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand fundamentals of Production and Operations Management.
 To develop an understanding of the strategic importance of Production and
Operations Management.
 To understand Production System.
 To learn EOQ concept.
 ToacquaintthestudentswithconceptsofallthefunctionsundertheManufacturingactivitiesby
introducing the Units Maintenance Management, SCM ,JIT, QA and ISOCertification etc.

Learning Outcomes :
 Understand various concepts of Production and Operations Management.
 Analyze the importance of Production and Operations Management and
compare various issues particular to manufacturing industry.
 Classify various Production Systems.
 Develop numerical ability to solve examples on EOQ.
 Describe the advantages of Maintenance Management, SCM, JIT, QA
and ISO Certification.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to POM 7
Nature, Scope, Importance and Functions of POM, Production
Process, Difference between Production and Service operations,
Responsibilities of Production Manager, Production process selection
decisions, Production System, Classification of Production System.
2 Production Planning Control 6
ObjectivesofPPC&it‘svariousfunctionsofcommonandoptionalnature,C
o-ordination of PPC with other departments. Job sequencing,
Assembly Line Balancing.
3 Plant Location and Layout 8
Plant Location: Meaning, Need for selecting a suitable Location, Factors,
and Plant Layout: objectives, types of Plant Layout.
4 Maintenance Management 6
Concepts, Need of maintenance, Objectives & types of maintenance.
5 Inventory management 8
Concept, Importance, Classification of Inventory System, EOQ Model
with numerical, Basic concept of Material Requirement Planning(MRP).
6 Emerging Trends in POM 10
Supply Chain
Management(SCM),Justinime(JIT),QualityControl,QualityAssurance(QA)
,ISOcertification,Enterprise Resource Planning(ERP), Total Quality
Management(TQM),TPM, Quality Circles, Services Operations

Page 73
Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher

the Author Edition Company
1 – National L.C.Jhamb Production Operations 2009 Everest Publishing
Management House
2 – National Chunawala ProductionandOperations 2009 Himalaya
&Patel Management Publishing House
3 – National S.N.Chary ProductionandOperations 2004 TataMcGrawHillLt
Management d.
4 – International EverettAda ProductionandOperations 1992 Prentice Hall
ms&Ronald Management
Ebert.
5 – International Martin ProductionandOperations 2008 Cengage Learning
Kenneth Management
Starr
6 – International James B. Production and 1993 Thomson Learning
Dilworth, Operations
White Management: An
Overview

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
2 https://en.wikipedia.org
3 https://managementhelp.org
4 https://www.cleverism.com
5 https://commercemates.com

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com
3 www.coursera.org

Page 74
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS -Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 206 Research Methodology
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the role of research in business and management
 To introduce the concepts of scientific research and methods of conducting scientific
enquiry
 To identify various sources of information for literature review and data collection.
 To familiarize the learners with the key concepts in sampling techniques and
instruments for data collection
 To develop basic understanding of conducting surveys and reporting the research
 To educate on the ethical issues in conducting applied research.
Learning Outcomes :
At the end of the course the learner will
 Develop understanding on different applications of research for managerial decision
making
 Explain key research and summarize the research articles and research reports
 Have basic awareness of data analysis-and hypothesis testing procedures
 Design questionnaires and administer simple survey based projects.
 Describe sampling methods, measurement scales and instruments, and appropriate
uses of each
 Explain the rationale for research ethics
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Research Methodology 06
Meaning, definition and objectives of research, motivations for research,
type of research, Importance of research in managerial decision making ,
research in Research in functional / business areas. Qualities of a good
researcher.
2 Research process: 08
Steps in research process, Defining the research problem, Problem
formulation and statement, Framing of hypothesis
Research design: Meaning, characteristics, advantages and importance of
research design.
Measurement – types and errors in measurement.
Development and designing of tools of data collection – Attitude
measurement scales, Levels of measurement and questions of validity and
reliability
Designing of research projects – research proposal, Pilot surveys
3 Sampling and Data Collection: 08
Census and sample survey. Need and importance of sampling, probability
and non-probability sampling technique.
Data collection – Primary and secondary sources of data, methods of
collecting primary data - interview, observation, questionnaires, schedules
through enumerators, surveys. Advantages and Limitations of
different methods of data collection. Use of secondary data, precautions
while using secondary data.

Page 75
 4 Processing and Analysis of Data 10
Meaning, importance and steps involved in processing of data. Use of
statistical tools and techniques for analysis of data.
Testing of Hypotheses, Basic concepts, importance of hypothesis.
Procedure of testing of hypothesis. Chi-square test. , t test and z test –
Problems on Basic application of chi square test, t test and z test.
Analysis and Interpretation of data – Interpretations of results, Concept of
Univariate, Bi-variate and multivariate analysis of data
5 Reporting of research : 08
Importance of research reports, types of reports, Format of a research
report,Precautions in writing a research report.. Plagiarism and its
types.References and Bibliography. Dissemination of research results.
Ethical issues in conducting research.
6 Role of ICT in research 06
Information and Computer Technology(ICT), Important characteristics,
Computer Applications for research, Use of Statistical Software Packages
for research

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 – National Kothari C R Research 2014 PHI Pvt Ltd New
Methodology – Delhi
Methods &
Techniques

2 – National Uma Sekharan Research Methods 2016 Oxford

for business
3 – National Ranjit Kumar Research 2009 Pearson Education
Methodology
4 – International Donald Cooper Business Research 2015 Tata McGraw Hill
and PS Methods
Schindler
5 – International Neuman, W.L. Social Researhc 2008 Pearson
Methods –
Qualitative and
Quantitative

6 – International Saunders, M., Research Methods 2011 Pearson

Lewis, P., for Business
&Thornhill, A. Students

Online Resources:

Sr Web site address

1 https://www.manaraa.com/upload/43ef7b58-5c8a-4371-8aea-699609cd2aaf.pdf
2 http://ebooks.lpude.in/commerce/mcom/term_2/DCOM408_DMGT404_RESEA
RCH_METHODOLOGY.pdf

Page 76
 3 https://www.methodspace.com/open-access-sage-journals-with-a-research-
methods-focus/
4 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/https%3A%2F%2Ffanyv88.com%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fho
w-research-todays-tips-tools-ebook%2Fdp%2Fb01i5jjdxc
http://www.ala.org/tools/research/larks/researchmethods
5 https://www.intechopen.com/online-first/research-design-and-methodology
6 https://lecturenotes.in/m/21513-research-methodology-
7 http://ebooks.lpude.in/commerce/mcom/term_2/DCOM408_DMGT404_RESEA
RCH_METHODOLOGY.pdf

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec20_hs17/preview
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/researchmethods-1767
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/research-methods
4 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-introduction-to-research-
5221
5 https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-social-research-methods
6 https://www.coursera.org/learn/qualitative-methods

Page 77
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 207 Operations Research for Managers
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To introduce students to use quantitative methods and techniques for effective decisions
making.
 To familiarize the students with the quantitative techniques for data analysis
 To formulate, analyze, and solve mathematical models that represent real-world
problems.
Learning Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to
 Understand Operations Research Concepts.
 Know the importance of Operations Research tools and techniques.
Units: Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Operations Research: Introduction, Historical background, 2
Meaning, Significance, Scope and Limitations of O.R. Features of
Operations Research, Phases of Operations Research. Applications of O.R.
in Business and Management.
2 Linear Programming Problem (L.P.P.): Definition and Components of 10
LPP, Formulation of LPP, Solution of LPP by Graphical Method,
Examples on maximization and minimization, Examples on mixed
constraints, Special cases in LPP: Alternative or multiple optimal
solutions
3 Transportation problems (T.P.): Introduction and Formulation of TP, 10
Initial Basic Feasible Solution I.B.F.S. by North West Corner Rule
(NWCR), Matrix Minimum Method, Vogel‘s Approximation Method
(VAM), Checking Optimality by Modified Distribution Method (MODI
Method), Special cases in TP: maximization, unbalanced TP, restricted
TP, applications of T.P. in business.
4 Assignment Problems (A.P.): Meaning, definition of AP, Hungarian 6
Method of solving AP, Assignment Problem for Maximization,
minimization. unbalanced AP, restricted AP, Multiple /Optimal
Solutions, applications of A.P. in business.
5 Simulation: Introduction to Simulation, Types of Simulation, steps of 7
simulation process, Monte Carlo technique, business applications and
limitations. Decision Environments-risk & uncertainty Payoff table,
regret table, Decision making under uncertainty, Maximin & Maximax
criteria, Minimax regret criteria, Laplace Criterion, Hurwicz criterion,
Expected monetary value criterion, Expected Pay off of Perfect
Information (EPPI), Expected Value of Perfect Information (EVPI),
Expected Opportunity Loss (EOL), Decision Tree
6 Network Analysis by PERT and CPM: Introduction to Networks, Basic 10
differences between PERT and CPM, Network models − PERT/CPM
network components and precedence relationships. Critical Path
Analysis, forward pass computation for earliest event time, backward
pass computation for latest allowable event time, Program Evaluation
and Review Technique (PERT). Determination of PERT times.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 78
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Year Publisher Company
(Publisher) Author Book Edition

1 – National Sharma J. K. Operations 2009 Laxmi Publications Pvt.

Research – Ltd.
Theory and
Applications
2 – National R. Panneerselvam Operations 2006 Prentice- Hall of India
Research Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

3 – National S. Kalavathy Operations 2013 Vikas Publishing

Research House Company Pvt.
Ltd.
4 – International Michael Carter, Operations 2019 Taylor & Francis
Camille C Research- A Group, LLC
Price,GhaithRaba Practical
di Introduction
5 – International Greg H. Parlier, Operations 2019 Springer
ociredeF Research and
,erotarebiL craM Enterprise
egnameD Systems
6 – International S.A. Cropper, Operations 2012 Springer
.C leahciM Research and
,noskcaJ luaP the Social
syeK Sciences

Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 en.wikipedia.org
2 www.springer.com
3 www.pearson.com
4 www.optimization-online.org

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 79
Page 80
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 208 Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 02 IE IA = 100
Course Objectives:
 To equip the learners with the knowledge and key concepts related to Indian ethos,
culture and values
 To understand the reasons for ethical / unethical behaviour of individuals
 To help the students understand the importance of ethical values and principles in
life.
 To enable students to comprehend the different dimensions of Business Ethics.
 To enlighten about the corporate social responsibility in the corporate business.
 to understand the importance of ethics and values in personal and professional life.
Learning Outcomes :
 Develop a positive change in the attitude of the students towards morals, values and
ethics after studying the subject.
 Display responsibility towards the society while running any business or as an
employee.
 Apply the principles ofethics and values in personal and professional life.
 Use the principles of corporate governance to understand the business environment
around them
 Evaluate the ethical dilemmas to arrive as suitable solutions and decisions
 Analyze situations involving governance issues and explore solutions for the same
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Overview of Business Ethics: 05
Importance and need for Business Ethics, Theories of Ethics, Ethical
Issues in Business, Ethics and Management. Ethics and values,, Norms,
Beliefs, Morality
2 Spirituality and Ethics: 06
What is Spirituality? Importance, relationship between spirituality and
ethics.Influence of Major religions on ethics: Hinduism, Islam, Christianity,
Buddhism, Sikhism, and Zoroastrianism.
Indian culture, Ethos and Values- Role of Indian ethos in managerial
practices, management lessons from Vedas, Mahabharat, Bible, Quran,
Kautilya‘sArthshastra.
3 Ethical Decision Making : 05
Ethical Decision Making process. Framework for ethical decision- making.
Ethical Dilemma, resolving ethical dilemmas, Ethical dilemmasin different
business areas, finance, Marketing, HRM, IB, and technology etc. Ethical
culture in organizations, Developing code of ethics and
conduct, professional ethics.
4 Corporate Governance: Meaning and importance of corporate 06
governance, Difference between governance and management, purpose of
good governance, key pillars of corporate governance.
Stakeholders: Rights and privileges; problems and protection,
Board Of Directors – Role in Governance; Role and responsibilities of

Page 81
 auditors
Whistle blowing – concept of whistle blowing, whistle blowers, policy for
whistle blowing .
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)– concept and models of CSR, CSR
initiatives in India.
5 Social, Environmental and Ethical Issues in Business: 04
Business action that affects society (Ethical issues), Social responsibility
of Business, Ethics and the Environment (pollution control and conserving
depletable resources), Legal and Regulatory Issues, Sexual Harassment and
Discrimination
6 Implementation of Business Ethics Need for organizational ethics 04
program, Codes of Conduct, Ethics Audit and its 4 process, Corruption and
Scams, Impact of Corruption on Society and Economy, Anti- Corruption
Laws, Agencies such as Central Vigilance Commission(CVC) and Central
Bureau of Investigation(CBI) for anti-corruption cases, Professional values
for business and managerial values
Case studies: Major Corporate Governance Failures : Enron (USA);
World.com (USA); Vivendi (France); Satyam computer (India); Sahara
(India); Kingfisher Ltd (India); etc.

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of Author Title of the Book Publisher

1 National Murthy CSV Business Ethics Himalaya Publishing
House
2 National Hartman L, Chatterjee A Perspectives in McGraw Hill
Business Ethics Publishing Co. Ltd
3 National Ananda Das Gupta Business Ethics –An Springer
Indian Perspective Publications
4National Parthasarthy, Corporate governance: Biztantra
Principles, mechanism,
and practices
4 International Velasquez Manuel G Business Ethics Eastern Economy
Edition
5 International Ferrell O C, Fraedrich Business Ethics, Ethical Biztantra
John Paul, Ferrell Linda Decision Making and
Cases
6 International Boatright John Ethics and the conduct Pearson Education
of Business
7Internatioal Velasquez, Manuel G Business ethics: Pearson
Concepts & cases

Page 82
Online Resources:

Resource No. Website Address

01 https://www.ethicssage.com/ethics-resources.html
02 https://maag.guides.ysu.edu/businessethics/web
03 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/226607374_Business_Ethics_Res
ources_on_the_Internet
MOOCs:

Sr. No. Details

01 www.coursera.org
02 www.udemy.com
03 my-mooc.com

Page 83
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Data Analysis Using Ms – Excel
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
 To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business
applications.
 To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the different functions of MS Excel
 Use MS Excel for analysis of Data
Unit. Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Excel 5
MS excel screen elements – Tool bar, title bar, ribbon, formula bar, status
bar. Moving around a Worksheet, entering and formatting (e.g. Number,
Text, Date and Currency) data. Cell referencing (relative, absolute,
mixed), using formulae, Use of Find, Replace, Goto.
2 Working with Excel 5
Insert, delete - cells, rows, columns. Sorting (basic, custom), filtering,
grouping, ungrouping data, dealing with subtotals and grand totals.
Validating data, protecting cells. Pivot Tables.
3 Conditional Formatting 5
Once defined, it will automatically change the formats as
per conditions user puts
4 Commonly used functions 5
Sum, Max, Min, Average, Count, Today, Now, Datedif, Countif,
CountA, CountBlank, Round, Roundup, Round Down, ABS, Sign,
Ceiling, Floor, Trim, Value, Clean, sqrt, if, sumif
5 Data Viewing and Reviewing 5
Inserting comments, spell checks and changes to the
worksheet data etc, Viewing data in different ways eg. Page
break, normal etc
6 Creating and managing charts 5
Create and modify graphs / charts like Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area,
Scatter,3D etc. Working with multiple sheets, hyper linking Work with
spark lines. Perform Look UP tables. Analysis Tool pack: Correlation,
Regression

Page 84
Reference Books:

1. Albright : Data Analysis and Decision Making Using MS Excel

2. Stwphen Nelson : Data Analysis For DuMmIES

3. Narayan Ash Sah: Data Analysis Using Microsoft Excel 1/e, Excel

Online Resources:

Resource Website Address

No.
1 W3schools
2 geeksforgeeks.com
MOOCs:

Sr. No. Details

1 Excel tutorials
2 Udemy.com
3 Microsoft.com
4 Alison
5 Coursea

Page 85
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open E-Commerce Application
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100

Subject / Course Objectives :

 12
Learning Outcomes :
 Basic concepts about E-commerce will be studied.
 Knowledge of business models will be used.
 Students will implement e-commerce security.
 Better usage will be down with help of E-payment system.
 Where e-commerce Applications are used.
 Use of M-commerce technology
Unit. Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to E-Commerce 5
Brief history of e-commerce, definitions of e-commerce, technical
components and their functions, e-commerce versus traditional
business, requirements of e-commerce. Advantages and
disadvantages of e-commerce, Value chain in e-commerce, current
status of e-commerce in India.
2 Business Models for e-commerce 5
Types of business models (B2B, B2C, C2B,C2C) with examples. EDI
–Requirement of EDI, types of EDI, advantages and disadvantages of
EDI.
3 Types of ISP 5
ISP, Types of ISP, Choosing an ISP, domain name, domain name types,
how to register domain name.
4 E-commerce Payment System 5
Overview of Electronic payment technology, limitations of the
traditional payment system, requirements of e-payment system. B2B
Electronic Payments, Third-Party Payment Processing, Electronic
Payment Gateway Electronic or digital cash, properties of digital cash,
how it works. Online credit card payment system, smart card.
5 E-Commerce Applications 5
E-Commerce and banking, e-commerce and retailing, e-commerce and
online publishing, online marketing, e-advertising, e-branding.
6 Mobile Commerce 5
Overview of M-Commerce - Wireless
ApplicationProtocol(WAP), Generations of Mobile Wireless
Technology, Components of Mobile Commerce,
Networking Standards for Mobiles Examples of M-
Commerce, Current Status of M-Commerce in India, M-
commerce applications, Mobile information Services,
Mobile banking and trading.

Page 86
Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 – National C.S.V. Murthy E-Commerce Himalaya
Publishing
House
2 – National P.T.Joseph E-Commerce A Prentice Hall of
Managerial India
Perspective
3 – International Kalakota and Frontiers of Pearson
Whinston Electronic Education
Commerce

Online Rresources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 www.udemy.com
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 Alison
2 Sayam
3 Coursera

Page 87
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Managerial Skills for Effectiveness
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Subject / Course Objectives :
 To offer exposure of essential managerial skills to students and developing these
skills in the students.
 To emphasize the development of the skills and knowledge required for successful
managerial performance.
 To focus on such areas as developing self-awareness
 To develop creative problem-solving, supportive communication
 To focus on the use of power and influence, motivation techniques
 To manage conflict

Learning Outcomes:
 Demonstrate applicable knowledge of the common skills needed for managerial
effectiveness within the functions of management.
 Demonstrate applicable knowledge of various human behavior and motivation
techniques relating to leading individuals and teams.
 Demonstrate comprehension of values, power, and influence relating to
organizational culture, change, and ethical decision-making in global contexts.
 Identify and critically assess assumptions that influence decisions and actions on
management, leadership, teamwork and relationship building
 Receive and integrate feedback on decision-making practices, conflict resolution
skills, and teamwork behaviors with the support of a team-based coach
 Demonstrate writing business messages and reports

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to skills & personal skills: Importance of competent 5
managers, skills of effective managers, developing self-awareness on the
issues of emotional intelligence, self-learning styles, values, attitude
towards change, learning of skills and applications of skills.
2 Problem solving and building relationship: Problem solving, creativity, 5
innovation, steps of analytical problem solving, limitations of analytical
problem solving, and impediments of creativity, multiple approaches to
creativity, conceptual blocks, conceptual block bursting. Skills
development and application for above areas.
3 Building relationship Skills for developing positive interpersonal 5
communication, importance of supportive communication, coaching and
counseling, defensiveness and disconfirmation, principles of supportive
communications. Personal interview management. Skill analysis and
application on above areas.
4 Team building: Developing teams and teamwork, advantages of team, 5
leading team, and team membership. Skill development and skill
application.
5 Empowering and delegating: Meaning of empowerment, dimensions of 5
empowerment, how to develop empowerment, inhibitors of

Page 88
 empowerment, delegating works. Skills development and skill
application on above areas.
6 Communication related to course: How to make oral presentations, 5
conducting meetings, reporting of projects, reporting of case analysis,
answering in Viva Voce, Assignment writing
Suggestion: Self Management • Identifying one‘s strengths and
weaknesses • Planning & Goal setting • Managing self – emotions, ego,
pride

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
/Edition Company
1 – National V.S.P.Rao Managerial Skills Excel Books,
2010 New Delhi
2 – National Bovee, Courtland L, Business 2017 Pearson
Thill, John V. and Communication Education, New
Raina, RoshanLal Today Delhi
3 – National RamnikKapoor Managerial Skills PathMakers,
Bangalore
4 – International Barun K. Mitra Personality Oxford
Development and University Press
Soft skills
5 – International R. Alec Mackenzie The Time Trap:
The Classic book
on Time
Management
6 – International David A Whetten, Developing 2008 Prentice Hall
Cameron Management
skills
Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 www.futurelearn.com
2 www.classcentral.com
3 www.onlinembapage.com
4 www.businessnewsdaily.com
5 www.alison.com
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.mooc-list.com
2 www.mbacentral.org
3 www.my-mooc.com
4 www.accreditedschoolsonline.org

Page 89
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Social Media Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE=100
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of Social Media and its utility in marketing efforts.
 To study the implementation of social media campaign.
 To study the importance of social media in the promotion of a product or service.
Learning Outcomes:
 Effective utilization of Social Media in connecting with the target market.
 Using the social media for the implementation of marketing strategies
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Defining your target customer based on the usual demographics, age, 2
gender, identifying your target customer‘s marital status, where they
live, or what their hobbies are, understanding their basic needs,
identifying the topics of interests by studying the customer‘s feedback
research analysis,
2 Customer acquisition elements with human approach, why you‘ll use 4
social media for business, and identify KPIs, Building a Community,
designing a media planning strategy, use of social media for marketing
strategies, four critical steps you‘ll need to take to stand out and learn
the processes behind taking each step
3 Designing the metrics with which you can measure the growth based 8
on:
 Number of group members
 Engagement on your live videos
 Engagement on your daily posts
 Questions your group is asking
4 Increase brand awareness, use of metrics to assess brand awareness, 4
boost engagement, customer engagement strategies based on their
basic needs, targeting the customers and target strategy
5 Criteria of choosing the right social network to engage audience, 2
monthly active users, utility and usage study of Twitter, facebook,
Instagram, Pinterest, youtube and other social media sites, asses their
pros and cons before launching your website or social media channel
6 Characteristics of creating content that will engage target audience, 10
planning content calendar, designing keywords: transactional,
informational, and navigational, create a content plan, building trust
through consistent engagement, measure progress Concept of Influencer
Marketing and Importance.
Project/blog or website in development of content and hosting utube
channel to be designed by the students in the area of their interest

Page 90
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company

Author Edition
4 – International Jeff Abston Youtube Growth 2018 CreateSpace
Hacking Independent Publishing
Platform
5 – International Gary Crushing It 2018 Harper Business
Vaynerchuk
6 – International Donald Miller Building a 2017 HarperCollins
StoryBrand: Clarify Leadership
Your Message So
Customers Will
Listen
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/how-to-create-social-media-marketing-
content-plan-in-7-steps/
2 https://sproutsocial.com/insights/social-media-content-strategy/
3 https://www.smartinsights.com/social-media-marketing/social-media-
strategy/creating-social-media-content-strategy-plan/
4 https://blog.hootsuite.com/books-social-media-manager-read/
5 https://business.linkedin.com/marketing-solutions/success/marketing-case-
studies?src=go-pa&trk=sem_lms_gaw&veh=Google_Search_APAC_IN_NB-
Social_Beta_DR_English_249875649279 %2Bsocial%20%2Bmedia%20%2
Bcontent_c aud-790231220534:kwd-

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://www.udemy.com/course/social-media-content-creation-
101/?utm_source=adwords&utm_medium=udemyads&utm_campaign=DSA_C
atchall_la.EN_cc.INDIA&utm_content=deal4584&utm_term=_._ag_82569850
245_._ad_398023114490_._kw ._de_c_._dm ._pl ._ti_dsa-
302692350888_._li_9061696_._pd ._&matchtype=b&gclid=CjwKCAjwguzz
BRBiEiwAgU0FT4Nw0wI0EFDvWkNXjH5HJAVwbz0wGrBf-
w1sPG825KK75SXokKSHWRoCmwwQAvD_BwE
2 https://www.upgrad.com/digital-marketing-and-communication-pgc-
mica/?utm_source=Google&utm_medium=Search&utm_campaign=mv_dm_pg
c_google_search_highintent-25-
64_t1_all&utm_content=social_media_course&utm_term=%2Bsocial%20%2B
media%20%2Bcourse&gclid=CjwKCAjwguzzBRBiEiwAgU0FTwsPEZYDW

Page 91
 61_qg_cc4F6ZtE9L3B15Z_Ldr343-RNgNUa-r-a7LdQNhoCTUgQAvD_BwE
3 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/social-media-marketing
4 https://iversity.org/en/courses/digital-and-social-media-marketing

Page 92
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode Cour
II 211 Open Yoga and Mediation
Type Credits Evaluation Ma
Open 2 IE IE=100
CourseObjectives:
 To introduce the practice of yoga and its benefits to students
 To impart practices of basic yogic kriyas
LearningOutcomes:
 Students will be able to understand the advantages of Yoga and practice basic yog
kriyas
 Patanjal Yog Shastra Introduction*
 Meditation and its origin Concentration and Self Discipline Proper Food and
Behaviour
 Omkar Meditation Omkar and its effects,Omkar Meditation –Posture, Process,
Benefits

Unit Contents Sessions

1 i) Origin of Yoga & its brief development. 4
ii) Meaning of Yoga & its importance
iii) Yoga as a Science of Art (Yoga Philosophy).
iv) Meaning of meditation and its types and principles.
2 i) Classification of Yoga/Types of Yoga 4
ii) Hatha Yoga , Raja Yoga, Laya Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Gyan
Yoga, Karma Yoga.
iii) Asthang Yoga.

3 i) Principles of Yogic Practices. 8

ii) Meaning of Asana, its types and principles.
iii) Meaning of Pranayama, its types and principles.
iv) Introduction of Kriya, Bandha and Mudra.
i) ii) Importance of Kriya and its scientific approach. iii)
Importance of BANDHA and its scientific approach.
v) Importance of MUDRA and its scientific approach.
vi) Effect of Asanas on various Systems
vii) Difference between Asana and Exercise.
viii) Difference between Pranayama and deep breathing.
ii) Yogic Diet
4 i. Patanjal Yog Shastra Introduction* 4
ii. Meditation and its origin Concentration and Self Discipline
Proper Food and Behaviour
iii. Omkar Meditation Omkar and its effects,Omkar Meditation –
Posture, Process, Benefits
5 Yogasanas and Pranayam 4
Basic Yogasanas for beginners Bhastrika,bhramari,AnulomVilom
Pranayam –process,practice and its benefits

Page 93
 6 Sun salutation Origin of Suryanamaskara and Yogasanas in India, 6
Sun Salutation -Process, Practice and Benefits, Influence of
suryanamaskar on health and wellness of individual, impact on weight
loss

ReferenceBooks:

Sr. Titleof the Book Name of Author

YearEditi Publisher
on
No. Company
1 The complete Book of Yoga Swami Vivekananda 2019 Fingerprint!
Publishing
2 Yoga Beyond Asama The Complete Satya karla 2012 Path to
Guide for Blisfullife Andam
3 Yoga – Asanas, Pranayam, Mudras, 2000 Fingerprint!
Kriya, Vivekananda Ashram Publishing
4 Yoga – Sivanand 2014 Yog Vedanta
Center

OnlineResources:

OnlineResour Websiteaddress
cesNo
1 https://www.yogatoday.com/

2 https://www.youtube.com/user/yogatoday

3 https://m.youtube.com/user/yogawithadriene/playlists

MOOCs:

ResourcesN Websiteaddress
1 www.classcentral.com
2 www.edx.org
3 www.coursera.org

Page 94
MBA (HR) SEMESTER III
Revised Syllabus
With Effect from (2022 –23)

Page 95
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 301 Strategic Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To provide a framework of strategic management
 To sensitize students about internal and external environments and enable them to
integrate and practice strategic management skills

Learning Outcomes :
Having successfully completed this module, learner will be able to demonstrate knowledge
and understanding of:
 The key dimensions of strategic management – Analysis, Evaluation, Choice &
Implementation
 Organizations‘ ability to implement chosen strategies and identify the areas requiring
change
 Develop skills in generating alternative solutions to complex problem areas,
underpinning each with a supportive and well researched rationale in order to achieve
critical success
 Obtain, analyse and apply information from a variety of sources in the public domain

Units Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Strategic Management: 10
Concept, Definition, nature, scope, significance, Levels at which strategy
operates , Process, Strategic Intent: Vision, Mission, Business Purpose,
Objectives and Goals.
2 External and Internal Resource Analysis 10
External Business Environment –SWOT Analysis. Industry Analysis-
Porters Five Force Model. Resource Based View – Resources –
Capabilities – Competencies – Competitive Advantage, Value Chain
Analysis. Strategic Analysis and Choice : BCG Matrix, Ansoff Matrix, GE
9 Cell Matrix, Business portfolio Analysis
3 Strategy Formulation 10
Generic Strategies - Low Cost – Differentiation – Focus.
Corporate Level Strategy – Stability –Expansion–Retrenchment –
Combination.
Functional level Strategy: H.R. Strategies, Marketing Strategies, Financial
Strategies, Operational Strategies
4 Implementation of Strategy 10
Issues in implementation of strategy; Strategy Structure relationship;
Implementing changes in structure; Restructuring and Re-Engineering;
Resource Allocation; Behavioral issues in strategy implementation -
organizational culture and change; McKinsey‘s 7s framework
5 Strategic Control 10
Purpose and components of Strategic Control. Evaluation techniques.
Control process and system.
6 Contemporary Strategic management 10
Business model innovation - Disruptive Innovation, Blue Ocean Strategy.
Global issues in strategic management – the global challenges, strategies
for competing in global markets.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 96
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Azhar Kazmi Strategic Management 2008 McGraw Hill
And Business Policy
2 – National A. Bhandari, Strategic Management 2013 McGraw Hill
R. P. Verma
3 – National Srinivasan R Strategic Management: 2014 PHI learning
The Indian Context
4 – International Jay B. Barney Strategic Management 2012 Pearson/Prentice
and William S. and Competitive Hall,
Hesterly Advantage: Concepts
(4th Edition)
5 – International William F Business Policy and McGraw Hill
Glueck :, Strategic Management International
Book Co
6 – International Charles W.L Strategic Management: Houghton
Hill and Gareth An Integrated Approach, Mifflin
R. Jones,.

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 www.ijsm-journal.org/IJSM
2 www. onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10970266
3 www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/1755-425X

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.edx.org
3 www.openlearning.com
4 https://www.mooc-list.com/
5 https://www.coursera.org/
6 https://swayam.gov.in/
7 https://alison.com/

Page 97
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS –Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 302 Legal Aspects of Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To create Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals
 To transform the stake holders to cater to the needs of the society and contribute to
Nation building
 To improve decision making by having a sound knowledge of law.
 To develop entrepreneurs to register different aspects of their business under the
law.
Learning Outcomes :
 Toextrapolate the legal knowledge to business.
 IThe graduates‘ attributes reflect legal knowledge and understanding global
 Competencies.
 ITo demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge.
 Toarticulate with business skills.
 To inculcate the culture of abiding law.
 To develop a coherent approach.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 - Introduction to Business laws, structure and sources of law, 5
Law of contract- The Indian Contract Act,1872 –Introduction,
Objectives, Definition of a Valid Contract, Offer and Acceptance, Capacity
to Contract, Consent ,Consideration, Performance of Contracts,
Discharge of Contracts, Breach of Contract and Void Agreements, Quasi
Contracts Contracts of Guarantee and indemnity, Bailment, Pledge

2 Contract of Agency – Introduction, Agent and Agency, general rules, 10

Modes of creation of Agency, Classification of Agents, Duties and Rights
of Agents, Principal‘s Duties to the Agent and his
Liability to Third Parties
3 Law of sales of Goods – Essentials of contract of sale, Goods and their
classification, Sale, Agreement to Sell and Hire Purchase, Conditions and
Warranties (Implied and Expressed), Unpaid seller and his rights, rights 10
of buyer.
Law of Negotiable Instruments – Characteristics of Negotiable Instruments,
Types of Negotiable Instruments, Classification of negotiable
instruments.
4 Consumer Protection Act-Introduction, Definitions – consumer, 10
complaint, Rights of Consumers, Nature and Scope of Complaints,
Remedies Available to Consumers
The Partnership Act, 1932 - types of partners, formation of
partnership, rights and liabilities of partners.
5 The Company’s Act, 2013 (Amended): Introduction and types of 5
companies, Formation of a Company, Memorandum of Association,

Page 98
 Articles of Association, Winding up.
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 – Types of Arbitration, Alternative
Dispute Resolution, Arbitration agreement, Arbitral Tribunal, Arbitral
proceedings.
6 Information Technology Act, 2000 Amended 2018, Definition - 5
―Certifying Authority, Controller,
Digital Signature and electronic governance, Role of certifying
authorities, Functions of controller, Offences
Intellectual Property Laws- Introduction and types of IPR,
Whistleblower Protection Act 2014. Introduction, Definitions,
Salient Features, importance of the act
Land mark case laws to be cited and discussed.

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Edition Publisher
(Publisher) Author Company

1 – National N.D. Kapoor Mercantile Law 2019 Eastern Book

Company
2 – National Narayan Intellectual 2019
Property Laws
3 – National Bare Act The Patent Act 2019
4 –National Bare Act The Trademark Act 2019
5 – International Bare The Negotiable Act 2019
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.mca.gov.in/Ministry/pdf/CompaniesAct2013.pdf
2 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/writereaddata/Portal/IPOAct/1_43_1_trade-
marks-act.pdf
3 http://legislative.gov.in/sites/default/files/A1996-26.pdf
4 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/writereaddata/Portal/IPOAct/1_31_1_patent-act-
1970-11march2015.pdf
5 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vlk40C91HqQ

MOOCs Resources No Web site address

1 Alisons
2 www.swayam.gov.in

Page 99
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 303 Innovation,,Design Thinking and Entrepreneurship
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To introduce students to the role of an entrepreneur, innovation and technology in
the entrepreneurial process.
 To provide background knowledge for understanding of innovation
management.
 To focus on the interconnection between entrepreneurial thinking and innovation.
 To inspire the entrepreneurial and ambitious participants to innovate in business
and prompt rapid growth;
 To acquire the knowledge and skills needed to manage the development of
innovations,
 To enable the students to effectively and efficiently evaluate the potential of new
business opportunities.
 To Integrate entrepreneurial thinking and problem-solving into their academic
and professional aspirations

Learning Outcomes :
 Think critically and creatively about the nature of business opportunities, resources
and industries
 Systematically integrate knowledge and understanding of different aspects of
innovation and its role in business and society.
 Discuss what is meant by entrepreneurship and innovation from both a theoretical and
practical perspective, and the role of the entrepreneur in the new enterprise creation
process.
 Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startup ventures.
 Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting business pitching to
potential investors.
 Describe the processes by which innovation is fostered, managed, and
commercialized.
 vii)Students will become familiar with the impact of innovation on competitiveness
of the industry
 Develop a new way of thinking to capitalize on different opportunities in an
organization or business venture
 Understanding how to recognize and drive their OWN creativity in the business
setting and apply it to future organizations they will lead

Units Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship: 5
Entrepreneurs, entrepreneurial personality and intentions - characteristics,
traits and behavior, entrepreneurial challenges.
2 Innovation: 7
Meaning, Characteristics, Purpose/ goals of innovation, Sources of
innovation, Types of innovation (service, process, product), Radical vs
incremental innovation, Technology innovation vs business model.
Challenges to innovation.
Differences between invention and innovation, Sustainability and

Page 100
 Innovation, Innovation and entrepreneurship.
3 Innovation management: 6
Innovation Management Strategies, Definitions for innovation and
innovation management; Innovation process, Intrapreneurship and
Innovation- Innovative work environments, Driving intra-organizational
innovation.
4 Creativity: 7
What is Creativity? Components of Creativity, Creativity Process and
Techniques, Barriers to creativity, Organization and personal factors to
promote creativity. Principles and Techniques for Creative Ideas, Six Hat
Thinking Exercises and Lateral Thinking Exercises. Methods and Tools
for Creative Problem Solving.
5 Crafting Business Models And Lean Start-Ups: 7
Introduction to business models; Creating value propositions,
conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer focused
innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model
canvas, Introduction to lean startups, Business Pitching
6 Organizing Business and Entrepreneurial Finance: 4
Forms of business organizations, sources and selection of venture finance
options and its managerial implications. Policy Initiatives -role of
institutions in promoting entrepreneurship.

Reference Books:
Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Author Edition Company
1.National Mitra, Sramana Entrepreneur Journeys 2008 Book sage
(Volume 1), Publishing
2.National R. Gopal, Entrepreneurship and 2010 Excel Books
Pradip Innovation Management
Manjrekar. (an Industry Perspective)
3.National Shlomo Maital Innovation Management: 2007 Response Boo
and D V R Ses Strategies, Concepts and ks, Sage Publi
hadri, Tools for Growth and cations,
Profit. New Delhi.
4.International Davila, Tony , The innovation paradox : 2014 Massachusetts
Epstein, Marc why good businesses kill (2014)
J. Boston, breakthroughs and how
they can change.
5.International Govindarajan, 10 Rules for Strategic 2005. Boston:
Vijay & Innovators; Harvard
Trimble, Chris, Business
School Press,
6.International David Holt Entrepreneurship :New 1998 Prentice Hall
Venture Creation India.
7.International Timmons, New Venture Creation: 2011 1st Edition.
Jeffry A., Entrepreneurship for the McGraw-Hill
Gillin, L. M., 21st Century – A Pacific Irwin.
Burshtein, S., Rim Perspective,
and Spinelli, ISBN: 0070277664
Stephen Jr.

Page 101
 8.International Davila, T., Making innovation work 2006 0- Upper Saddle
Epstein, M : how to manage it, 13- River
J.,Shelton, R. measure it, profit from it 149786-3 Wharton
School
Publishing
9.International Hisrich,R.D., Entrepreneurship 2013 McGraw-Hill
Peters, M.P.,
and Shepherd,
D.
Journals:
1 Journal of Business Venturing
2 Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice
3 Journal of Small Business Management
4 Academy of Management Review
5 Journal of Small Business and Entrepreneurship
6 Venture Capital
7 Small Business Economics
8 Family Business review

Online Resources:
Resource Website Address
No
1 www.brikenbulbs.com
2 www.en.wikipedia.org/wiki/business.plan
3 www.brainstorming.co.uk
4 www.mind-mapping.co.uk
5 www.ecic.adelaide.edu.au
6 www.mckinsey.com/
7 www.ideo.com
8 www.business.gov.au
9 www.wdc-econdev.com
10 https://hbr.org/2013/07/innovation-isnt-an-idea-proble

MOOCs:
Resources Name Website Address
University of Florida www.coursera.org
University of London www.cefims.as.uk
Alison https://alison.com/
Khan Academy - free online courses and https://www.khanacademy.org/
lessons
Swayam swayam.gov.in

Page 102
 Course : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR01 Human Resource Planning and Development
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the process of Human resource planning
 Appraise the techniques of HR planning
 Formulating the HR procurement and deployment
 Understanding the role of training and executive development
 comparing and applying various methods of training
 Determining the training designs and evaluation

Learning Outcomes:
 Describe the process of human resource planning applying the techniques for
human resource planning
 Identify the human resource procurement and deployment
 Explain the role of training and development distinguish different methods of
training and their applications assess the design and outcome of training

Units: Contents Sessions

1 Concept of Human Resource Planning ; Objectives ; Need and 10
Importance ; Process ; Levels ; problems in HR planning and Factors
influencing Human Resource Planning
2 Human Resource Demand & Supply forecasting tools and techniques – 10
Managerial Judgment ; Work-study methods ; ratio-trend analysis ;work-
force analysis; work-load analysis ; job analysis ; Staffing table ; markov
analysis; skill inventory ; replacement chart ; labour supply ; cohort
analysis ; scenario analysis ; Quantitative determination of human
resource requirements: Work Study— The Human Factors and Issues in
the Application of Work Study and Work Measurement –
Labour Turnover
3 Recruitment plan ; Recruitment Sources; Current practices in 10
Recruitment: Outsourcing, e-recruitment career planning ; succession
planning; redeployment planning; redundancy plan – retaining,
retrenchment, VRS; Job-design
4 Concept of training, terms - education Knowledge, Skills, attitudes, need 10
of training, importance, objectives of training, ADDIE model, Principles
of training; concept of executive development: Objectives,
importance, process of executive development
5 Training needs analysis (TNA): Meaning and purpose of TNA, TNA at 10
different levels, Process of TNA, output of TNA, Training and
Development methods : On-the-Job & Off-the-job, job instructions
training, apprenticeship, internship, demonstrations, self-directed
learning, coaching, job rotation, project assignment, simulation methods,
lectures, case studies, group discussion, conferences, role playing,
management games, in basket exercise, sensitivity training,
vestibule training, e-training.

Page 103
 6 Designing training programme – considerations in designing effective 10
training programs selection of trainers, training material & aids, use of
technology in training Evaluation of training – Need for evaluating
training, Kirkpatrick evaluation criteria – reactions, learning, behavior,
results, ROI, Cost-benefits analysis

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company

1 – National Dr. Rishipal Training and 2011 S. Chand

Development
methods
2 – National Rolf, P., and Training for Sage
UdaiPareek Development Publications
Pvt. Ltd.
3 – National J.W. Walker Human Resource McGraw Hill.
Planning
4 – International Noe, Raymond Employee Training Tata McGraw
A., and and Development Hill.
Amitabh
DeoKodwani
5 – International Edward, Leek Manpower Planning, Wiley
Strategy and
Techniques in
Organizational
Context
6 – International Paul Turner HR Forecasting and CIPD
Planning

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 http://www.eiilmuniversity.co.in/downloads/Human-Resource-Planning-
Development.pdf
2 https://www.pdfdrive.com/human-resource-planning-human-resource-
planning-e15282999.html
3 https://www.pdfdrive.com/human-resource-planning-development-
e38508079.html
4 https://www.pdfdrive.com/understanding-human-resource-development-
philosophy-processes-practices-routledge-studies-in-human-resource-
development-e184374786.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Page 104
 Course : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR02 Labour Laws-I
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the laws and rules pertaining to labor
 To understand the various concepts and laws in Labour Welfare, health and
safety
 To understand the laws and rules pertaining to social security
 To understand the laws related to discipline

Learning Outcomes:
 Understanding various importance‘s of labour laws in effective business
management.
 Understanding the legislation related to Labour Welfare, health and safety.
 Understand various statutory provisions related with industrial relations and
labour welfare.
 Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the
industry
 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labor welfare in employee
motivation and satisfaction.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Industrial Jurisprudence 8
History and types of labour legislations, Concept of Jurisprudence, an
overview of industrial jurisprudence, principles of social justice, natural
justice, equity and economy, unique characteristics of Indian labour.
2 Laws relating to working condition - Factories Act 1948 8
Definition, provisions relating to health, safety and welfare, provisions
relating working hours for adults, hazardous process, restriction on
employment of women and children, Certifying officers, enforcement of
the act and penalties
3 Laws relating to wages 8
Payment of Wages Act 1936 ; definition, provisions for payment of
wages, authorized deduction, enforcement of the act, Minimum Wages
Act, the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 - definitions, payment of equal
remuneration, advisory committee, enforcement of the act
4 Social Security 7
1. The Employee Provident Fund, Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
2. The Employee State Insurance Act, 1948
3. The Workmen COmpensation Act 1923
4. The Bombay Labour Welfare Act
The role of ILO in promoting social security, Contribution of ILO to
Labour Welfare
5 The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946 7
Definition, Special features, Matters to be provided in Standing Orders,
Submission and certification of Standing Orders. Payment of Bonus Act,

Page 105
 Payment of Gratuity Act,
6 The Maternity Benefit Act 7
Definition, right to payment of maturity benefit, provision pertaining to
leave, forfeiture of the benefit, Minimum Wages Act - Definition,
provisions - meaning of the term "Wage" - Wage Vs. Salary, "Workmen
Compensation Act"

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Publisher Year
Books
(Publisher)
1– J.K.Bareja, Industrial Laws, Galgotia
National and Sons
P.R.N.Sinha Industrial relations,
Trade unions and Labour
legislation, Pearson Edu

2– Paul Blyton, Peter Dynamics of employee

National Turnbull, relations, Macmillan

3– V.P.Micheal, Industrial relations in

National India and Workers
Involvement
4– C.B.Memoria, Dynamics of Industrial
National Relations
5– Agalgatti B B - Labour Welfare and
National Industrial Hygiene ,
NiraliPrakashan

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.ilo.org/inform/online-information-resources/research-
guides/national-labour-law/lang--en/index.htm
2 https://guides.loc.gov/employment-and-labor-law/online-resources
3 https://guides.library.utoronto.ca/c.php?g=251198&p=1673409
4 https://labour.gov.in/
5 https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=157

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/eu-law-doing-
business/labour-law-and-social-policy-oKS5T
2 https://swayam.gov.in/explorer?category=Law

Page 106
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 304 Summer Internship
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 8 IE 50:50

Rules for Summer Internship:

1) All students of MBA-I have to undergo a mandatory Summer Internship Program (SIP) of
minimum 60 days in an organization after their Sem-II exams.
2) The Summer Internship is allocated 8 credits as per the University Syllabus
3) Selection of students for Internship: The Institute CRC (Corporate Resource Cell) gets the
Internship requirements from Industry/Organization for specific roles. After the allocation
of internship slots by the industry to the institute, the students undergo the selection process.
At the end the company selects the students based on their performance. Once a student has
taken up a summer internship project from campus, he/she will not be allowed

to withdraw for another off-campus offer that he/she may secure at a later stage. Violation
of the rule will result in barring him/her from the final placement process.
4) During the period of the Internship it is absolutely necessary for the students to conduct
himself/herself professionally during the tenure withtheorganization as a summer intern.
5) During the Internship period, on all working days, students to be in formal dress code.
Situations may arise when the Company guide may call and wants to have a video call with
students and students are not found in formals. Complaints from the company guide, such
as these will not be tolerated. This will lead to cancellation of the project.
6) At all times during the Internship period, students should be accessible on their Mobile
Phones. Also they are to regularly access their emails for any messages from their Internal
faculty guide or their Company Guide. In addition, if the institute receives any complaint
from the organization‘s regarding the conduct or indiscipline of the student, strict action
will be taken against the student.
7) The permission to extend the period of summer internship is taken in consultation with the
Institute Director.
8) Team CRC will be in constant touch with the Company Guide to take the feedback on
student‘s progress during the Internship.
9) The student‘s need to remember that his/her conduct & performance, can mar or enhance
the Institute‘s image thereby affecting the final placement.
10) During the entire period of the Internship, for subject/project related matters, students are
to be in touch with their Internal Faculty Guide. And for other company matters they can
contact CRC.
Page 107
11) During the tenure with the organization the student is required to work on a subject relevant
to the organization and society, formulating the problem and devising ways to solve the
same under expert guidance.
12) Before the Students join the Organization for the Internship they are oriented for the do‘s
and donts‘ of the Internship by the CRC.
13) Once the Students join the Internship they are oriented by the reporting manager at the new
workplace. This might take the form of a conventional orientation program or merelya walk
around the office, depending on the size of the company. Give interns an overviewof the
organization; some companies give talks or hand out information about the company‘s
history, vision and services. Explain who does what and what the intern‘s duties will be.
Introduce him or her to co-workers.
14) Guidance/ Regular Feedback: It‘s important to give students lots of feedback. The reporting
manager in the organization gives the students feedback during the course of the

Internship. They‘ll want to know if their work is measuring up to organizational

expectations.
15) Daily progress report of Intern is to be evaluated by industry supervisor as well as by the
Internal Faculty guide.
16) Both the Industry Guide and the Internal Faculty Guide periodically examine what the
intern has produced and make suggestions. Weekly supervision meetings with the students
helpto monitor the intern‘s work. After completion of Internship, the student should prepare
a comprehensive report to indicate what he/she has observed and learnt in the training
period. The student has to be in constant touch with Industrial Supervisor/ Faculty
Guide/TPO for assigning special topics and problems and should prepare the finalreport on
the assigned topics.
17) The training report should be signed by the Internship Supervisor, Faculty Guide and the
Director of the Institute. The Internship report will be evaluated on the basis of following
criteria:
 Originality.
 Adequacy and purposeful write-up.
 Organization, format, drawings, sketches, style, language etc.
 Variety and relevance of learning experience.
 Practical applications, relationships with basic theory and concepts taught
in the course.

Page 108
18) Chapter Scheme used in the project report
Chapter1: Introduction
The purpose of introduction is to introduce the research project to the readers.It should
contain history of the organization, past and current practices, new technology and
future strategies. Enough background should be given to make clear to the readers why
the problem was considered worth investigating. A brief summary of other relevant
research may also be stated so that the present study can be seen in that context. The
hypotheses of study, if any, and the definitions of the major concepts employed in the
study should be explicitly stated in the introduction of the report.
 In this chapter the following minimumcontents should be covered.
 Overview of industry as a whole
 Profile of the organization (History,Vision,MissionObjectives,Functions.Etc.)
 Problems of the company/Industry (Growth of Industry, Players in Industry,
size, contribution in GDP, Total employees, global practices, etc.)
 Competitors information
 SWOT analysis of the organization
Chapter2: Research Methodology
 Statement of the Problem
 Objectives & Scope of Study
 Managerial usefulness of study
 Type of Research and Research Design
 Data Collection Method
 Limitations of Study
Chapter3: Conceptual Discussion
 Review of Literature (Discussion about the work done by others on similar issues
and published articles/books/research projects, etc.)
 Current Issues (From Newspaper, Journals–For Company and Industry)
 New Development of Company and Industry
Chapter4 : Data Analysis–
 Methods and techniques of data analysis(Questionnaire, Graphs, Statistical
Methods, SPSS etc)
 Primary Data Analysis
 Secondary Data Analysis
Chapter5 :My contribution to the body of knowledge
Chapter6 : Findings,ConclusionandSuggestions
Page 109
Chapter 7: Summary of the project
Appendix
Here a sample Questionnaire, FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)and any other
relevant documents may be included.
Bibliography (Use APA format for Bibliography)
ReferenceBooks,Journals, Newspapers,WebSites, Reports etc are to be listed out
there.(Examples of Books, Magazines, Journals and News papers as referred by the
students are given below.)
Books
Kotler Philips, Marketing Management Analysis, Planning Implementations &
Control Edition, 1998. Prentice Hall of India Ltd. New Delhi.
Magazines, Journals & Newspapers.
Name of the articles, e.g. BusinessToday:15-22May2012
Name of the articles, e.g. TheTimesofIndia.Mumbai:1stMay2012.

19).The candidate is required to publish internship work in conferences and journals in

consultation with the Internal Faculty guide and after due permission/ consent from the
organization/industry where he/she has undergone the internship.

Page 110
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Digital Marketing

Type Credits Evaluation Marks

Open 2 IE IE= 100
Learning Objectives:
 To introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Digital marketing
 To make students aware about changing consumer behavior in the digital world
 To give understanding of formulation digital marketing strategy
 To introduce students with various digital marketing platforms
 To introduce students with digital marketing analytics
 To introduce students with the concept of E-CRM
Learning Outcomes:
 Students will able to understand the concepts of Digital marketing
 Students will able to know the consumer behavior in the digital world
 Students will able to plan digital marketing strategy
 Students will able to understand significance of various digital marketing platforms
for digital marketing
 Students will able to understand and use CRM in digital marketing
Units: Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Digital Marketing : Introduction, Nature, scope and 5
significance of digital marketing. Difference between traditional
marketing and digital marketing. Digital marketing platforms. Digital
Marketing Era and the way forwards
2 Digital Consumer: Understanding Consumer behavior in digital world. 5
Marketing Funnel. Digital marketing funnel. The digital revolution in
India. Understanding the digital business. STP for digital marketing.
Concept of Online marketing Mix.
3 Digital marketing Strategy: How to create effective digital marketing 5
strategy, digital marketing planning- Strategy, Goal, Action. Digital
marketing channels.
4 Digital marketing Platforms: Search Engine Optimization (SEO) 5
CONCEPT, SIGNIFICANCE, Optimizing website, On Page
Optimization, Off Page Optimization. Introduction to SEM,introduction
to E mail Marketing , Mobile Marketing, content marketing, affiliate
marketing, social media marketing
Digital marketing analytics : Introduction to digital marketing 5
5 analytics, difference between why digital marketing analytics, what is
DMA, digital marketing analyst. Tools for digital marketing analytics.
6 CRM : Concept, significance, e-CRM, difference between CRM and e- 5
CRM., Tools for CRM, Mobile Apps for CRM
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 111
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1 – National RPrasad Digital Marketing
2 – National SameerKulkarni Virtual Marketing
3 – National :Vandana Ahuja Digital Marketing
(Oxford
Universitypress
4 – International Arnold, etal Web Marketing
5 – International Philip Kotler, Marketing 4.0:
HermawanKartajaya, Moving from
Iw Traditional to Digital
6 – International Ryan Deiss, Russ Digital Marketing Wiley
Henneberry For Dummies Publication

Online Resources:
Online Resources Web site address
No
1 https://neilpatel.com/what-is-digital-marketing/
2 https://www.digitalmarketer.com/digital-marketing/

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 https://learndigital.withgoogle.com/digitalunlocked/certificationhttps://ww
w.coursera.org/specializations/digital-marketing#courses

Page 112
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Corporate Taxation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE=100
Course Objectives:
 To introduce and orient the students with the definition and underlying provisions
of Direct tax law and
 To develop broad understanding of the tax laws and accepted practices.
 To make them understood regarding practical aspects of tax planning as an
important managerial decision making process.
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand various basic concepts/ terminologies related Taxation
 Calculation of Income under differential head of income
 Understand Basic concepts for taxation of companies
 Design/ Develop / Create tax saving plan.
 Explain how tax planning can be done
 Illustrate how online filling of various forms and returns can be done
Units: Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Income: Definitions: Person, Companies, Association of 10
persons and trust , Minors, Cooperative registered firms, Income ,
Deemed income , Concept of Assessee , Assessment year, Previous year,
Gross total income , Total income , Residential status and scope of total
income on the basis of residential status, Agricultural income,
Income exempt from tax
2 Calculation of Income under differential head of income: Salaries, 10
perquisites, gratuity and retirement benefits, income from house
property, capital gain, income from other sources, income from business
and profession, problems arising from aggregation of income and set off
and carry forward of looses. Deductions under chapter VIA.
Computation of income and Return of Income Tax.
3 Basic concepts for taxation of companies: Company and types of 10
companies, different heads of income, Deduction from gross total
income for companies, basic calculation for computation of taxable
income of companies, Minimum alternate tax.
4 Tax Considerations for Managerial Decisions: Tax considerations for 10
specific financial and managerial decisions like capital structure
decisions, deemed dividend, dividend, own or lease, make or buy,
repair or renewed, managerial remuneration, tax planning relating to
mergers and demergers of companies.
5 Tax planning: Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasionand 10
tax planning, Tax planning with reference to: Location of undertaking ,
Type of activity , Ownership pattern, Tax incentives and
Tax exemptions.
6 Tax Administration and Management: Filing of Returns and 10
assessments, Penalties and Prosecutions, Appeals and Revisions,
Review, Rectification, Advance tax, Tax deducted at source .Basic
concept of International Taxation and Transfer pricing, Avoidance of
double Taxation Agreements.

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 113
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Dr. V. K. Corporate Tax , Taxman
Singhaniya planning and Publications
Business Tax New Delhi.
Procedures‘
2 – National AhujaGirish, , ‗Simplified Bharat Law
Gupta Ravi, Approach to House Pvt. Ltd.
Corporate Tax New Delhi.
planning and
Management‘
3 – National NitinVashisht Direct Taxes: Pearson
and B.B. Lal Income Tax ,and Education
Tax planning‘,
4 – International Alex Easson Tax Incentives for (Kluwer Law
Foreign Direct Internation).
Investment
5 – International Daniel Q. Posin Corporate tax (Little Brown &
planning Company,
London)
Christiana HJI Double Taxation, (Kluwer Law
6 – International Panayi Tax Treaties, International).
Treaty Shopping

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/corporatetax.asp
2 https://cleartax.in/s/corporate-tax
3 https://www.lexisnexis.com/uk/lexispsl/tax/document/393773/55KG-
S061-F18C-V2X4-00000-
00/Basic_principles_of_corporation_tax_overview

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.classcentral.com
3 alison.com
4 www.edx.org

Page 114
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Cross Cultural Issues and International HRM
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
Student will be able to
 Understand approaches to international operations
 Explain the process of Global staffing
 Define training and development and compensation issues.
 Discuss international industrial relations.
 Elaborate issues related to cultural diversity
 Understand business practices in various countries.

Learning Outcomes:
After completion of course, student will able to
 Explain concepts related to approaches to international operations.
 Explain the various aspects global staffing
 Contribute in the process of training and compensation.
 Describe issues related to international industrial relations
 Handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity
 Explain business practices in various countries.

Unit : Contents Sessions

1 Cross National HRM, 5
Purpose, macro influences on HRM systems, Approaches to international
operations-The ethnocentric approach, polycentric approach, geocentric
approach
2 Global Staffing Practices 5
Approach to multinational staffing global staffing practices Expatriation
and repatriation-selection of Expatriates, barriers to expatriation.
3 Training And Development , Compensation Issues 5
Training & Development for expatriation and repartition ,Global
compensation practices-compensation for expatriates, Social security
schemes in different countries.
4 International Industrial Relations 5
International industrial relations practices-impact of globalization on IR,
comparative study of IR in some countries
5 Cultural Diversity
Understanding cultural diversity, managing cultural diversity
Understanding cultural-Hoftstede‘s theory and Trompenears theories, 6
Communication across various cultures, Cross cultural Negotiation.
6 Business Practices In Various Countries Business practices and 4
approaches of European countries, china and Japan and USA
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 115
Reference Books:
Reference Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Books the Author Edition
(Publisher)
1 – National Bhatia S.K. International 2007 Deep and Deep
Human Resource Publication
Management-A
Global
Perspective,
2 – National Bhatia S.K. Managing cultural 2003 Deep and Deep
and Diversity in Publication
Poonam Globalization,
Choudhary
3– Mello Strategic Human 2015 Thomson Publication
International Jeffery, Resource
Management,
4– Dowling International 2004 Thomson Learning,
International Welch, HRM-Managing South Western
People in Publication
International
Context,

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://kelleyflores.weebly.com/approaches.html
2 https://resources.workable.com/international-recruitment-policy
3 https://www.simplilearn.com/best-practices-for-training-global-
employees-article
4 https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/organizational-and-
employee-development/pages/key-steps-for-better-training-development-
programs.aspx
5 https://renascencetalent.com/Pages/blog_details/8
6 https://www.worldatwork.org/docs/research-and-
surveys/e157963gp04.pdf

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://alison.com/course/international-and-strategic-human-resource-
management
2 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=hr
3 https://www.onlinestudies.com/Certificate/International-Human-
Resource-Management/

Page 116
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course
III 307 Open Artificial Intelligence in HR Practices
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 2 IE IE=100
Course Objectives:
 To develop the skills and knowledge needed to manage the complexity that
comes from a more artificial intelligence driven world and explore how AI
technology can be used to create revenue and generate business opportunities.
 It aims to bring you the latest thinking and up-to-date methods for AI
technologies to create revenue and generate business opportunities.

Learning Outcomes:
 It gives more emphasis on hands on experience with consulting and live projects
using AI tools.
 It will also develop the skills and knowledge needed to manage the complexity
that comes from a more artificial intelligence driven world and explore how AI
technology can be used to create revenue and generate business opportunities.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Definition, Meaning, Scope of Artificial Intelligence, approaches of 5
artificial Intelligence, reasons/purpose of Artificial Intelligence in HR
Limitations of AI
Points to consider in deploying AI in HR
2 Tactical HRIS (T-HRIS), Applications of AI in HR, Deploying AI in 5
HR, Challenges of AI in Human Resource Management, Impact of
Artificial Intelligence on HR practices, Barriers to adopting AI in HR

3 Role of Artificial Intelligence in recruitment, Types of Artificial 5

Intelligence Hiring Bias, benefits/advantages of using AI in
recruitment.
The Role of Artificial Intelligence in Training,
Learning and Development, benefits of AI in corporate training and
development, Machine Learning (ML), Types of Machine Learning

4 Scope of Artificial Intelligence in Performance Management, Role 5

of AI in Performance Management, advantages & disadvantages of
using AI in performance reviews,
5 Artificial Intelligence and Compensation Management, impact of 5
Artificial Intelligence on workers Compensation, Artificial
Intelligence into Pay Decisions, Future of AI in Compensation
6 The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on the Labor Market: Globally, 5
New Job Structures, Labor Relations. Impact on the Organization of
Work.

Page 117
 Reference Books:
Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
No. Edition Company
1 Dr. Gerlind Wisskirchen How Artificial Intelligence 2018
impacts labour and
management
2 Agarwal, A., Gans, J., Rediction Machines: The 2018 Harward
and Goldfarb, A simple economics of Buwsiness
Artificial Intelligance Review Press
3 Forster, E.M The Machine Stops 2011 London: Penguin
Books
4 Davidov, Guy. A Purposive Approach to 2016 Oxford University
Labour Law, Press
5 Deakin, Simon; Morris, Labour Law, 4th ed 2005 Hart Publishing.
Gillian
6 Stefan Strohmeier Handbook of Research on 2022 Saarland
Artificial Intelligance in University,
HRM Germany
7 VikasGarg, RichaGoel Handbook of Research on 2022 www.igi-
Innovative Management global.com
Using AI in Industry 5.0
8 Ben Eubanks Artificial Intelligence for https://www.koga
HR use AI to Support and npage.com/produc
Develop a Successful t/artificial-
9 Tom Taulli Artificial Intelligence 2021 https://play.google
Basics: A Non-Technical .com/store/audiob
Introduction ooks/details?id=A
10 K.R. Chowdhary Fundamentals of Artificial 2020 Springer
Intelligence

Online Resources:
Online Website
Resources No address

1. https://www.imercer.com/uploads/common/HTML/LandingPages/Analytical
Hub/june2019-mercer-2019-global-performance-management-survey-
2. https://hbr.org/2011/11/delivering-an-effective-perfor
3. https://www.perlego.com/book/1589573/artificial-
intelligence-for-hr-use-ai-to-support-and-develop-a-
successful-workforce-pdf

Page 118
MOOCs:
Sr.No. Website address

1 https://www.upgrad.com/machine-learning-ai-pgd-
iiitb/?utm_source=GOOGLE&utm_medium=NBSEARC
H&utm_campaign=IND_ACQ_WEB_GOOGLE_NBSE
ARCH_DV_IIITB_EML_HIT_ROI&utm_content=AI_
ML_Courses&utm_term=learn%20ai%20ml&gclid=Cj0
2 https://sl-onlinetraining.wharton.upenn.edu/ai-program-
for-decision-
making?utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_te
3 https://oorwin.com/?gclid=CjwKCAjw4ayUBhA4EiwA
TWyBrsEQOBcPrck68Oikzz-4Q3I-
56snJqzHPdkpBNuOCpLIi8aoI3mewRoC7r8QAvD_Bw
E

Page 119
 Programme:MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester CourseCode Course
III 307 Open Indian Culture
Type Credits Evaluation Ma
Open 2 IE IE = 100
CourseObjectives:
 To study stage wise development of Civilization
 To understand morals and ethics and cultural development laying foundation for
progression of cultural history.
 To understand Pre – and proto – historic cultures.
LearningOutcomes:
 Understanding Religious movements in the sixth and fifth centuries.
 Understanding Evolution of Indian society.
 Understanding Indian polity and Economic life.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Meaning and process of culture; Sources – Acrhaeology, Literature. 4
Elements of Culture, concept of Indianness and value system. Relation
between culture and civilization
2 Historiography and approaches to the study of Indian Culture– 5
Stereotypes, Objectivity and Bias, Imperialist, Nationalist, Marxist and
Subaltern. Heritage of India and world‘s debt to Indian Culture.

3 Pre – and proto – historic cultures- Indus Civilization – Origin, extent, 6

date, art, architecture, religion, society, economy. Stone age cultures,
Protohistoric cultures, Harappan Culture, Vedic culture, Mauryan period,
Gupta period, Early Medieval Period, Sultanate Period, Mughal Period.

4 Religious movements in the sixth and fifth centuries: Buddhism and 5

Jainism; Social and economic changes; Impact of Persian and Greek
invasions; Role of Mauryan empire in Indian cultural unification; Asoka –
his edicts and Dhamma; Mauryan art, polity and economy; Sangam age –
Society and economy.
5 Evolution of Indian society- Varnasrama Dharma; Caste system, Asramas, 6
Purushartas, Samsakaras, family, education, position of women, Parda
system, Sati, slavery, untouchability, Festivals and pastimes; Legal
Institutions sources of Hindu Law, Proprietory rights, succession, judicial
procedure, attempts at social reforms in medieval and modern times
6 Indian polity and Economic life – nature of State, kingship, republics, 4
and local self – government, inter State relations; taxation; Economic life
– argiculture, trade, commerce, industries, guilds, urbanisation, towns and
cities.

ReferenceBooks:
Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year Publisher
No. Edition Company
1 J.L.Mehta, Sarita mehta History of Ancient India 2012

Page 120
2 Shastri K. A. Nilakanth History of India Part I – Ancient
India
3 R.C.Majumdar, H.C. An Advanced History of India 2020
Raychaudhari, Kalikinkar
4 Kosambi D. D. The culture and civilization of 1975
ancient India
5 Kosambi D. D. An introduction to study of 1975
Indian History 1975
6 Sharma R. S. Aspect of political ideas and 1959
institution in ancient India

OnlineResources:
Online Websiteaddre
ResourcesNo ss
1 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/33
9726396_A_Brief_History_of_India
2 https://www.pdfdrive.com/indian-history-
books.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/course/natural-disasters
2 https://swayam.gov.in/
3 https://www.coursera.org/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/

Page 121
 SEMESTER – III
SPECIALIZATIONS

Page 122
 Elective - Marketing Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III MK01 Consumer Behavior
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the importance Consumer Behavior in the field of Marketing
 To study the environmental influences on the Consumer Behavior.
 To know the consumer and organizational buying decision making process.
 To study consumer research and its utility in Marketing Decision Making.

Learning Outcomes:

 Gain a sound understanding of Consumers’ Behaviour in the market-place and

the concepts related to it.
 Analyze the business environment and understand its influence on the
consumers’ behavior.
 Identify new market segments.
 Understand the nitty-gritties of consumer and organizational buying decision
process.
 Apply the knowledge of consumer behavior in devising marketing strategies,
changing consumers’ attitudes etc.
 Discuss the scope and managerial importance of consumer research and its role in
designing marketing strategies.
Unit: Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: Introduction: Meaning and definition of consumer 5
behaviour. Importance of consumer behaviour study in the field of
marketing, buying roles in consumer behavior- initiator, influencer,
gatekeeper, decider, buyer and user.

Page 123
 2 Individual Determinants of Consumer Behavior: 8
Consumer Needs- Meaning of Consumer Needs, Maslow‘s Hierarchy of
Needs.
Motivation and Involvement–Meaning of Motivation, Elements of
Motivation, Buying Motives and itstypes, Positive and Negative Motivation.
Involvement – Meaning and Types of Involvement, Measures of
Involvement.
Personality and Self-concept–Meaning of Personality, Nature of
Personality.
Self-concept – Meaning of Self-concept, Components of Self-concept.
Perception,Learning– Meaning of Perception, Elements of Perception.
Learning -Behavioral learning theories – Theory of classical conditioning –
three basic concepts emerged out of this theory: repetition, stimulus
generalization, stimulus discrimination, implications of classical
conditioning theory for the marketers.
Theory of operant or instrumental conditioning: Types of reinforcement-
positive and negative
Consumer attitude–meaning of attitude, characteristics of attitude and
strategies for bringing in attitudinal change.

3 External Determinants of Consumer Behavior: Cultural influences, Sub 7

cultural influences, Social Class influences, SocialGroup influences, Family
influences and Personal influences on Consumer Behavior.
4 Consumer Buying Decision Making Process: 8
Need recognition, Information Search, Evaluation of alternatives, Purchase
decision and Post Purchase behavior.
Consumer Behavior Models: Howard Sheth Model, Engel-Kollat-Blackwell
Model and Nicosia Model
Organizational Buying Decision Process, Difference between organizational
buying decision making process and consumer buying decision making
process.
5 Diffusion of Innovation: 12
Meaning of Diffusion of Innovation, Diffusion of Innovation Process,
Meaning of Adoption of Innovation, Adoption of Innovation
Process,Adopter categories Importance of Adoption and Diffusion of
Innovation in Consumer Behavior.
6 Consumer research process – developing research objectives, collecting 5
secondary data, designing primary research
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – National Dr. S.L. Gupta Consumer Behavior: 2nd Edition Sultan Chand &
&Sumitra Pal An Indian 2014 Sons, New
Perspective Delhi.
Text & Cases

Page 124
2 – National Suja R. Nair Consumer 2nd Edition Himalaya
Behaviorin Indian 2015 Publishing
Perspective House.
Text with Cases
3 – National Michael D. Business Marketing 12th Edition South-Western
Hutt& Thomas Management: B2B 2016 Publication.
W. Speh
4 – International Blackwell, Consumer Behavior 10th Edition Cengage
Miniard, Engel India Edition 2017 Learning.
& Rehman

Page 125
5 – International Leon G. Consumer Behavior 12th Edition Pearson.
Schiffman, 2018
Joseph
Wisenblit& S.
Ramesh Kumar
6 – International David L. Consumer Behavior: 4th McGraw Hill
Loudon & Concept and Edition Inc.
Albert J. Della Applications 2001
Bitta

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No.
1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/14791838
2 https://www.westburn-publishers.com/journals/customer-b...
3 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ful
4 www.mheducation.com/hoghered/category.10366
5 https://books.google.co.in/books/consumer behaviour

MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg20/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg14/preview
3 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/consumer-behaviour
4 https://alison.com/humanities/psychology courses/consumer behaviour
5 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full

Page 126
 Elective - Marketing Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III MK02 Services Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
 To provide in-depth insight in managing and delivering of quality services
 To create awareness about the services sector, the challenges and opportunities
therein.
 To understand the need and importance of people, process and physical evidence in
Services Marketing Mix.

Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the challenges and opportunities involved in services sector.
 Understand the aspects of developing new services, promoting the services and making it
available in a convenient manner.

Unit: Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Services: Meaning, Goods Vs Services, Characteristics of 8
Services – Intangibility, Inconsistency, Inseparability and Inventory;
Classification of Services; Growth of Service Sector in India, Factors
responsible for growth of service sector in India.
2 Services Marketing Mix: Introduction to the 7 Ps of Services Marketing Mix; 11
Product-Levels of service product, the Flower of Service, Service Blueprint-
the concept, components of service blueprint, Steps involved in preparing
service blueprint, Stages in new service product development, Service Life
Cycle
Place : Place – Distribution Strategies for Services, channels of distribution in
services, Challenges in distribution of Services
Promotion: Promotion objective for Services; Personnel Selling, Advertising
and Sales Promotion; Services marketing triangle
Pricing: Pricing objectives, Pricing strategies- market skimming , market
penetration, synchro pricing, psychological or odd pricing , market
segmentation pricing
3 People: role of service employees in a service business, Service profit chain, 5
Concept of Service encounter – Moment of Truth; Training and development
of employees
Physical evidence: Nature, Importance of physical evidence in services;
Service scope.
Process: Service as a process & as a system– Strategies for managing
inconsistency –Customers as ‗co-producers‘ of services; Self Service
Technologies
4 Service Guarantee – Concept, Handling complaints effectively; Defects, 4
Failures and Recovery.

Page 127
5 Service Quality: Meaning, Determinants /dimensions of service quality; How 10
customers evaluate service performance, Service Quality Models- Gaps
Model, SERVQUAL
6 Managing the demand and supply of services: patterns and determinants of 07
demand, strategies for managing the demand, managing the capacity- capacity
planning – waiting line strategies, inventorying the demand through
reservations.

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Year Publisher
Books Book Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Valarie A Zeithaml, Services 4th Tata McGraw Hill
Dwayne D. Gremler, Marketing Edition Publications
Mary Jo Bitner and
Ajay Pandit
2 – National K Ram Mohan Rao Services 2nd Pearson
Marketing Edition Education

4 – International ChrostopherLovlock, Services 7th Pearson

JayantaChaterjee Marketing Edition Education

Online Resources:
Online Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/14791838
2 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ful
3 www.mheducation.com/hoghered/category.10366

MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg20/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg14/preview
3 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full

Page 128
 Elective –Financial Management
Course : MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III FM01 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To acquaint the students with basic concepts and avenues of investment, concept of
risk and return related to investment.
 To explain the concept of Mutual Funds and derivatives and how to evaluate them.
 To explain the concept and applications of fundamental analysis and technical analysis
for stock investments.
 To clarify how to construct the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of
life cycles and different situations.
 To explain the calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
 To elucidate the modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical
and empirical arguments.

Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the risk and return relationship and various investment alternatives
available in India.
 Comprehend the concept of Mutual Funds and derivatives and how to evaluate them.
 Understand how to use fundamental analysis and technical analysis for stock
investments.
 Create a policy statement to showcase the objectives and risk tolerances of numerous
categories of individual and institutional investors which can help in making
Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles and different
situations.
 Evaluate the effect of risk on investment decisions. Students will able to calculate the
risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
 Understand the modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical
and empirical arguments.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction: Meaning, objectives, Scope, and Constraints Process of 8
Investment, Avenues of Investments, Concepts of risk and return with
reference to Investment, basic principles of risk management, risks
involved in Investment, Current scenario of Investment in India, Role of
Securities Market in Indian economy
2 Mutual Fund and Derivatives: Basic concepts, Functioning and Objectives 7
of Mutual Fund, Types of Mutual Fund Schemes, Analysis of MF,
Performance Evaluation of MF Schemes using Sharpe, Treynor and
Jenson‗s Models, Basic concept and types of Derivatives, Developments in
Derivative and MF market in India

3 Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis: Fundamental Analysis - 8

Economic, Industry and Company analysis, Valuation of Equity and
Preference shares, Technical Analysis - Concept, Importance and
Limitations of Technical Analysis, Dow Theory, Technical Indicators and
charts used in technical Analysis, Behavioral Finance and its impact on
Investment decision making
4 Portfolio Management: Portfolio Meaning, Characteristics and Objectives, 7
Page 129
 Process of Portfolio Management, Investment policy statement and asset
allocation, Equity Management Strategies, Systematic Investment Plan
(SIP), Analysis of Debt Instrument, Bond Management Strategies,
preparation of Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life
cycles and different situations
5 Calculation for risk and return for Security/Portfolio: Problems on 8
calculation of risk and return for security (mean, variance, and standard
deviation), Problems on risk and return associated with portfolio consisting
maximum three securities (mean, variance, and standard
deviation), Capital Asset Pricing Model and its application
6 Portfolio Theories: Efficient Market Hypothesis concepts and forms of 7
EMH, Testing techniques of Weak Form, Random Walk Theory, High
Frequency Trading and its impact on EMH, Arbitrage Pricing Theory,
Efficient Frontier, Optimal Portfolio, Efficient Frontier and Investor Utility
,Indifference Curve

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Edition Publisher
(Publisher) Author Company
1 – National Prasanna Investment Analysis 2012, 4th Tata McGraw
Chandra and Portfolio Edition Hill, New Delhi
Management
2 – National I M Pandey Financial 2010, , 10th Vikas Publishing
Management revised House
Edition
3 – National Bhalla, V.K. Investment 2010, 17th S.Chand& Sons,
Management: Edition.
Security Analysis
and Portfolio
Management
4 – International Frank K. Reilly, Investment Analysis 2012, 10th Cengage
Keith C Brown and Portfolio Edition Learning
Management

5 – International E. Fischer Security Analysis 2018, Pearson

Donald , J. Jordan Portfolio 7thedition. Education,
Ronald , K. Management
Pradhan Ashwini
6 – International Eugene F. Financial 2017 Cengage
Brigham, Michael Management Learning
C. Ehrhardt :Theory and
Practice

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.moneycontrol.com
2 https://www.nseindia.com
3 https://www.sebi.gov.in
4 https://www.rbi.org.in
5 https://www.investopedia.com

Page 130
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://swayam.gov.in
2 https://www.edx.org
3 https://alison.com/certificate-courses

Page 131
 Elective –Financial Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III FM02 Management of Financial Services
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To give the students an insight into the principles, practices of the prominent Financial
services and their functioning in the changing economic scenario.
 To make critical appraisal of the working of the specific financial Services in India.
 To brief the students about developments in financial services.
 To provide a judicious mixture of theory and business practices of the contemporary
Indian financial services.

Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the role and function of the Indian financial system , Financial Market and
Various instruments of Financial Services.
 Demonstrate an awareness of the current structure and regulation of the Stock Exchange
Mutual Fund Industry, Merchant Banking and Venture capital concept in Indian Context.
 Understand the concept of Rural Banking, Microfinance in Indian Financial service.
 Evaluate and create strategies to promote financial products and services.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Indian Financial System: Meaning and Functions of IFS, 5
Development of Financial System in India, Weakness of Indian Financial
Systems. Structure of Financial System-Financial Market, Financial
Institutions /Intermediaries and Instruments.
Financial Service : Meaning, Features of Financial Service, Classifications,
Importance and Scope of Assets/Fund Based Services:- Hire purchase
finance, Leasing , Factoring , Forfeiting, Loan Syndication, Consumer Credit,
Challenges facing the financial services sector .

2 Financial Market Operations: Recent Development of Indian Capital and 6

Money Market ,
Capital Market Operation: New Issue Market- Functions of New issue
market, players of New issue market, Primary and Secondary market
Operation, Procedure of (IPO), Book Building. Role of Capital market
Intermediaries Recent cases of IPO‘s in India.
Money Market Operation: features and objective of money market, Recent
Developments, Composition of Money Market.
Stock Market Operations: Stock Exchange functions in India, Listing of
securities-Stock Indices in India- SENSEX and NIFTY - BSE&NSE

3 Investment Banking Overview of commercial vs. Investment banking, capital 10

raising, debt, equities,
Merchant Banking: Origin, Nature and scope of merchant banking , Role of
Merchant Banker, types of Merchant banking services, Project Counseling ,
Pre-issue and Post –Issue Management ,Progress of Merchant banking in
India, guidelines for merchant bankers issued by SEBI.
Mutual Fund: Concept, Structure of Mutual fund Operations in India, Types
of Mutual Fund, Advantages and Limitations of Mutual Fund, Problems for

Page 132
 Slow growth of Mutual fund concept in India, Guidelines for Mutual fund
service, Rights &facilities for Investors, Future of Mutual fund industry.
Recent cases on Mutual Fund Industries in India

4 Venture Capital: Venture capital: Origin, concept, features, Advantages and 6

Limitations, Stages in venture capital financing, Venture capital Guidelines-
Methods of venture financing. Case studies of Venture capitalist companies
5 Credit Rating and Securitization: Credit Rating: Introduction, Meaning, 5
functions of credit rating agencies, Major Players in credit rating agencies in
India, Debt Rating System of CRISIL, ICRA and CARE.
Securitization: Concept and Meaning, modus Operandi, Securitization in
India and new guidelines on Securitization

6 Rural Banking and Microfinance: -Financing Rural Development: Functions 4

and policies of RBI and NABARD; Rural Credit Institutions-Role and
function, Regulation of Rural Financial Services.
Microfinance: Origin, Meaning and Concept, advantages and Limitations,
Micro credit, micro insurance scheme, SHGs/NGOs, linkages with banking,
Role and Functions of Linkage banks towards development of Microfinance
Industry in India.

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) the Author Edition Company
1 – National E-Gordon, Financial Markets and Revised 6th Himalaya
K Services Edition Publishing House
Natarajan 2010
2 – National M.Y.Khan Financial Services,. 2010 Tata McGraw Hill

3-National Bharati V. The Indian Financial 2010 Tata McGraw Hill

Pathak System: Markets,
Institutions and Services
5 –National Ramesh Indian Financial System 2011
Babu
6 –National G.S. Batra Financial Service New 2015 ND publication
Innovation
7–National Gurusamy Financial Services 2009 Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2009

Journals :
1 Indian Journal of Finance
2 ICFAI Journal of Applied Economics
3 ICFAI Journal of Emerging Market Finance
4 Journal of Financial Research

Page 133
Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 corporatefinanceinstitute.com
2 https://www.pdfdrive.com/banking-and-indian-financial-systems
3 https://www.pdfdrive.com/indian-financial-system-and-management-of-
financial-institutions
4 https://www.pdfdrive.com/capital-markets-financial-management-and-
investment-management-
5 https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/The_Indian_Financial_System_Market
s_Inst

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 FinTech and the Transformation in Financial Services (Coursera)
2 http://ugcmoocs.inflibnet.ac.in/Subject : Indian Financial Markets
andServices (26)
3 https://www.edx.org/course/financial-development-and-financial-inclusion
4 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/digital-transformation-financial-
services

Page 134
 Elective – Human Resource Management -
Progeamme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR(E) 01 Employee Relations and Labour Welfare
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 IE:UE UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To clarify the concept of employee relationship management
 To explain the components occupational health and safety
 To define collective bargaining and worker‘s participation
 To discuss labour welfare provisions
 To elaborate functions and contribution of to International Labour Organisation
 To understand the provision in Cooperative Societies Act
Learning Outcomes:
After completion of course, student will able to
 Explain concepts related to employee relationship management
 Explain components of occupational health and safety.
 Contribute in collective bargaining process
 Handle the issues related to labour welfare
 Explain the functions of ILO
 Elucidate the provisions in The Co-Operative Societies Act
Unit Contents Sessions
1 An introduction to labour management Relations—The structure and functions 8
of IR—Parties to IR-State, Trade Unions and Employers—Role of
Government-Judiciary and Employee Relations—Factors Affecting Employee
–relations Strategy—Role of HRM.
2 Concept and importance of occupational Health and safety in Industry.— 8
Public Policy of occupational Health and safety.—Safety management
legislations—Accident prevention and investigation—Ergonomics—Safety
training and workers compensation claims management.

3 Collective Bargaining and Worker‘s Participation- 7

Meaning and Importance of collective Bargaining—the process of collective
bargaining—Current issues in collective bargaining
Meaning, concepts and objectives of worker‘s participation—Types , growth
and development of workers participation Management in Indian Context.—
Workers Participation Management in Global context.
History of collective bargaining
4 Labour Welfare: Meaning, Theories of Labour Welfare, Welfare Provisions in 8
The Factory Act, 1948, Statutory and non statutory welfare facilities, Duties
and responsibilities of Labour Welfare Officer,
5 The Role Of International LabourOrganisation: Constitution and important 5
resolutions and conventions, Contribution of ILO to Labour Welfare. Workers
Education in India,
6 The Co-Operative Societies Act: Formation and functions of various co- 9
operative societies such as credit, Housing ,Transport, Canteen etc., NGOs
and involvement of NGOs in Welfare. Corporate Social Responsibility:
Corporate Governance, Up-liftment of members of employee‘s families

Page 135
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Year Publisher
Books Author Book Addition Company
(Publisher)
National C.B.Mamoria Dynamics of 2019 Himalaya
Industrial
Relations
National C.S.VenkataRatnam, Industrial 2017 Oxford press
Dhal Relations ;
International Paul Blyton. Dynamics of 2007 Red Globe
Employee press
Relations ;
National V. P. Michael. Industrial 2001 Himalaya
Relations;

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://www.managementstudyguide.com/employee-relationship-
management.htm
2 https://www.britannica.com/topic/collective-bargaining
3 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/management/workers-participation-in-
management-definition-characteristics-and-objectives/35395
4 https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/industries/labour-welfare-meaning-
and-its-importance-industries/6292
5 https://www.ilo.org/global/publications/lang--en/index.htm

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://collegedunia.com/courses/diploma-in-labour-laws-and-labour-welfare
2 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=hr
3 https://alison.com/courses/diploma-in-human-
resources/content/scorm/2491/module-11-employee-relations

Page 136
 Elective – Human Resource Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR(E) 02 HRD Instruments
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the usage of assessment centre
 Appraise the techniques of personality assessment
 Formulating the assessment centre for organizational development
 Understanding HRD instruments
 comparing and applying various methods of test and instruments
 Determining the use of organizational culture profile
Learning Outcomes:
 Describe usage of assessment centre applying the techniques for personality assessment
 Identify the usage of assessment centre for organizational development
 Explain the HRD instruments, distinguish different methods of test and instruments
assess the organizational culture profile
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Assessment Centers What is an Assessment Center, 10
Definition, Key features, tracing the growth of assessment center, strategic
use of assessment center technology
2 Concept of Assessment Why to assess, when to assess, What to assess, how 10
to assess, methods and techniques of assessment.
3 Application of assessment center method in organizational development 10
OD interventions, managers involvement, group skills improvement,
management improvement, organizational improvement.
4 Introduction of HRD Instrument Difference between test and instrument, 10
principles of test construction, reliability and validity of tests, ethical values,
do‗s and don‗ts and limitations of test, advantages and disadvantages of
instruments
5 Tests for personal and interpersonal orientation and behavior 10
FIRO-B, PE Scale, Cattel‗s 16 PF test, Transactional Analysis, Ego states,
LOCO inventory, MBTI, Johari Window, Leadership style test, managerial
style test, MAO-C consulting style, Spiro –C , Aptitude tests, Team Building
tests, Clerical test/ Mechanical test, Finger Dexterity test, Thematic
Appreciation test, They X and Y theory, Peter Senge‗s Management game.
6 Understanding the Organization's Atmosphere and culture PE Scale, 10
Power enhancer scale, Organizational climate, MAO-C, Organizational
learning, OLD, Organizational atmosphere, MAO-S, Organizational culture
– Profile.

Page 137
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) the Author Editio Company
n
1 – National UdaiPareek
Training Instruments
for HRD
2 – National S.K. Bhatia Training and Sage Publications
Development – concept Pvt. Ltd.
and practice
3 – National Radha 360–degree Feedback,
Sharma Competency mapping McGraw Hill.
and Assessment center
4 – International P. Jansen Assessment Centers : A
and F. de Practical Handbook Wiley and Sons
Jongh Ltd.
5 – International Anne Psychological Testing
Anastasi Pearson
and Susana
Urbina
6 – International Margaret Assessing Management
Dale and Skills – a guide to
Paul les competencies and
evaluation techniques

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://rrbexamportal.com/ALP/psychological-test
2 https://www.123test.com/
3 https://www.16personalities.com/free-personality-test
4 https://bookboon.com/en/assessment-centres-ebook

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Page 138
 Elective – International Business
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IB01 Regulatory Aspects of International Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To enable the student to understand the international business transactions and legal
compliances related to the smooth conduct of business.
 To give background of legal framework of Cross border trade.
 To make students aware of Regulatory framework and also keep abreast with latest
cross border trade regulations

Learning Outcomes:
 The course will help students to understand the scenario of world trade and how
regulations help the smooth conduct of trade processes.
 The course will help students to know the various legal compliances and documentations
in the cross border trade.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 International Business transactions – Nature of cross border trade, Need to 10
govern the cross border trade, International Law, choice of Law, conflict of
Laws, Legal & Regulatory aspects
2 Framework of Statutes that govern cross border trade, Statutes framed by 10
country of origin of transaction & International Guidelines
3 Regulation of International Banking, High Financial gearing, BCCI 10
International affair, Bank for International Settlement
4 Regulation of Monetary System, Period between wars, Breton Woods, Euro, 10
Smithsonian Agreement, Snake in Tunnel, Plaza & Louvre Accord,
Regulatory Arbitrage, Labuan Model, Currency Board
5 Indian scenario – Process of Regulation & Deregulation ,Exchange Control 10
Manual, An Introduction to FEMA, FEDAI Role & Rules , UCPDC – ICC
Publication URC – ICC Publication Important clauses &interpretation
,Customs & Baggage Rules – Sale of Goods Act, INCOTERMS
6 International Debt Crises, Herstst Bank Crisis, Asian & other crises, Sovereign 10
Risk – State Immunity Act, International Accounting Standards, Trade related
Intellectual Property Rights, World Transfer Pricing

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Publishers
Books
International ICC Publication UCPDC -Uniform Customs International Chamber of
and Practice for Documentary Credits Commerce
International Global Business Regulation Cambridge University Press
(February 13, 2000)
by John Braithwaite
International Legal & Ethical Aspects of International Wolters Kluwer Law & Business
(February 27, 2014)

Page 139
 Business (Aspen College)

by Eric L. Richards
International International Banking Legal and Regulatory Publisher-Rajiv Beri from
Aspects(Diploma in International Banking Macmillan India Ltd.
and Finance) by
Indian Institute of Banking and Finance,
Mumbai 2007-2008
National Regulatory requirements under FEMA 1999 FEDAI Publications,Govt.of
Vol I FEDAI Publication India
National Foreign Trade Policy – R- Return XOS &
BEF, FEDAI Publication

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
1 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/
2 https://udyamregistration.gov.in/docs/nic_2008_17apr09.pdf
3 https://dgft.gov.in/CP/
4 https://www.fieo.org/
5 https://www.trademap.org/
6 https://msme.gov.in/know-about-msme
7. https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/International_Banking_Legal_Regulator
y_A/IhYsJqiKj8EC?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=regulatory+aspects+of+international++
business+books+indian+author&printsec=frontcover

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/learn/international-trade
2 https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFML3073/

Page 140
 Elective – International Business
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IB02 Export Import Policies Procedures and
Documentation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To make students aware about the cross border trade procedures and practices in
International Logistics

Learning Outcomes:
 The course will provide a clarity on the Import-Export cycle.
 The course will help students to know the various compliances and documentations in the
Import Export Process
 The course will help students to know the logistic process and various agencies involved
the export –import process.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 International Business – Nature & Scope, Framework of International 10
Business, Meaning of Export/ Deemed Export/ Import
2 World‘s Foreign Trade Scenario and Trade Composition, 10
India‘s Foreign Trade,
Important Statutes/Acts/Policies for International Trade,
Export Procedure step by step from registration to final shipment and post
shipment.

3 Documentation in Export/ Import required for Sales Contract, Shipment, 10

Custom Clearance, Banks, Insurance and Transport etc.
4 Cross Border Payment Settlement Procedure with Advanced Payment 10
Method, Open Account Method, Documentary Credit, Documentary
Collection and Consignment Trading

5 International Trade Logistics – Meaning, Objective, International Logistic 10

Agencies in India and outside India, their functions.

6 Warehousing, Ports in India, Port Efficiency and Productivity, Freight 10

Forwarder, Custom House Agent, Multimodal Transport Operator,
Containerization – Types and Dimensions, Linear Shipping Services\
Project –Students are supposed to select a product for export with the help
of Product and Market selection techniques and need to explain each step
involved in the export process from the registration stage to post shipment
stage.

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 141
Reference Books:
Reference Name of Title of the Year Publisher Company
Books the Author Book Edition
(Publisher)
1-National Aseem Export Import 2007 Excel Books
Kumar Management
2–National C. Rama Export Import 2019 New age International
Gopal Procedure and Publisher‗s, New Delhi
Documentation
3–National W.K. Export Import 2019 Himalaya Publishing House,
Acharya Procedure and Mumbai
and Jain Documentation
K.S
4–National CA Shiva How to start 2018 Educreation Publishing
Chaudhary Export Import
Business

Online Resources:
Online Resources Web site address
No
1 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/
2 https://udyamregistration.gov.in/docs/nic_2008_17apr09.pdf
3 https://dgft.gov.in/CP/
4 https://www.fieo.org/
5 https://www.trademap.org/
6 https://msme.gov.in/know-about-msme

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 http://niryatbandhu.iift.ac.in/exim/
2 https://www.edx.org/learn/international-trade
3 https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFML3073/

Page 142
 Elective – Production and Operations Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PM01 Quality Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the Quality Management concept and principles and the various tools
available to achieve Quality Management.
 Provide a basic understanding of "widely-used" quality analysis tools and techniques.
Create an awareness of the quality management problem-solving techniques
currently in use.
 Stressing upon the importance of the quality principles on the business performance.
Learning Outcomes:
 Evaluate the principles of quality management and to explain how these principles can
be applied within quality management systems.
 Identify the key aspects of the quality improvement cycle and to select and use
appropriate tools and techniques for controlling, improving and measuring quality.
 Critically appraise the organizational, communication and teamwork requirements for
effective quality management
 Critically analyze the strategic issues in quality management, including current issues
and developments, and to devise and evaluate quality implementation plans.
Units Contents Sessions.
1 Introduction : Definition, importance, objectives of quality, Types of 10
Quality, Customer driven quality, determinants of quality, cost of quality,
dimensions of quality
2 Quality Control: Quality and Financial performance, quality control 10
objectives, quality control and inspection, quality assurance.
3 Control Charts for SQC :Statistical Quality Control (SQC). Control charts 10
for variables such as X, R charts and control charts for attributes such as p-
chart, np-chart, c-chart. Construction & use of the control charts.
4 Acceptance Sampling for SQC :Principle of acceptance sampling. 10
Producer‘s and consumer‘s risk. Sampling plans –single, double &
sequential. Sampling by attributes and variables.
5 Customer Focus: The importance of customer satisfaction, ACSI Model, 10
Kano‘s model of customer satisfaction, customer – driven quality cycle.
6 Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 10
9000:2000 Quality, Quality Auditing, Six Sigma, Taguchi method, TS
16949, Kaizen.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 143
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Year Publisher Company
Books Author Book Edition
(Publisher)
1 – National Sundarrajan Total Quality PEARSON INDIA
Management 3rd
Edition
2 – National P. I. Jain Quality Control Tata McGraw-Hill
& Total Quality Education
Management
3 – National John Bank The essence of Prentice Hall
Total Quality
Management
4– N. Logothetis Managing for Prentice Hall;
International Total Quality International Ed Edition
5– Dale H Bester Quality Control Pearson Education
International field

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 www.iso.org
2 www.bis.gov.in
3 https://asq.org/quality-resources/total-quality-management

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.edx.org
3 www.openlearning.com

Page 144
 Elective – Production and Operations Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PM02 Business Process Reengineering
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To explain how organizational performance in terms of efficiency and effectiveness
can be improved through BPR.
 To introduce BPR as a change management tool.
 To explore and master the fundamental principles of BPR.

Learning Outcomes:
 DEFINE the key terms associated with Business Process Reengineering.
 EXPLAIN the various supporting and opposing forces to Business Process
Reengineering in simple business situations.
 APPLYING APPLY modeling tools for simple business processes
 FORMULATE a working plan to establish a Business Process Reengineering team
 EVALUATE the success of a BPR initiative in relation to the impact on organizational
KPIs.
 IMAGINE ways to improve business or non-business processes.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to business processes: Definition of business process, Dimension 10
of business process, Common business processes in an organization, Definition
of business process redesign, Definitions of various management-related terms,
Business processes improvement

2 Introduction to Business Process Reengineering (BPR): Definition of business 10

processes – Concept of BPR - Definition of business process redesign, BPR -
Evolution, Definition, Need for reengineering, Benefits, Role of leader &
manager, Breakthrough reengineering model, BPR guiding principles, Business
process reengineering & performance improvement, Key targets of BPR, Myths
about BPR , What reengineering isn‘t , BPR and other quality management
concepts, BPR and ERP relation. BPR and Process Simplification, BPR and
Continuous Improvement

3 Enablers of BPR: Enablers of BPR in manufacturing – Agile Manufacturing, 10

Lean Manufacturing, JIT, Collaborative Manufacturing, Intelligent
Manufacturing, Product design & development. Relationship between BPR and
information technology, Role of information technology in reengineering
Criticality of IT in Business Process. Factors related to IT infrastructure

4 BPR & Information Technology: Introduction ,Relationship between BPR & 10

Information Technology, Role of Information Technology in reengineering, Role of
IT in BPR (with practical examples), Criticality of IT in business process, BPR tools
& techniques, Enablers of process reengineering, Tools to support BPR
,Future role of IT in reengineering

Page 145
 5 BPR implementation methodology: Reasons of implementation of BPR, 10
Necessary attributes, BPR team characteristics, Key concepts of BPR, BPR
methodology, Different phases of BPR, BPR model, BPR methodology
selection guidelines, Common steps to be taken for BPR implementation
6 The Power of Habit in organizations, 10
Planned changes in business re-engineering projects; Factors relating to change
management systems and culture, Committed and strong leadership,
Factors relating to organizational structure, Factors related to BPR program
management, Factors related to IT infrastructure, Factors Relating to BPR
Failure, Problems in communication and organizational resistance, Lack of
organizational readiness for change, Problems related to creating a culture for
change, Lack of training and education, Factors related to management support,
Ineffective BPR teams, A framework for barrier management.
Success factors of BPR: Reengineering success factors, Critical success factors
of BPR,

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – National - Radhakrishnan, Business Process , PHI, Eastern
Balasubramanian Reengineering Economy
Edition, 2008
2 – National - Jayaraman, Business Process MGH.
Ganesh Natrajan Reengineering
and
Rangaramanujan
3 – National - Dey, Business Process Biztantra.
Reengineering and
Change Management
4 – International Harmon, P , Business Process Change : Kaufmann
Elsevier/Morgan A Guide for Business Publishers.
Managers and BPM and
Six Sigma Professionals,
5 – International Walford, R.B., Business Process Artech
Implementation for IT House.
Professionals and
Managers,
6 – International Hammer, M. and Re-engineering the Harper
Champy, J, Corporation: A Manifesto Business
for Business Revolution,

Page 146
Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No.
1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_process_re-engineering
2 https://searchcio.techtarget.com/definition/business-process-reengineering
3 https://www.minit.io/blog/business-process-reengineering-examples#accept
4 https://www.cleverism.com/business-competitive-business-process-
reengineering-bpr/
5 https://www.sweetprocess.com/business-process-reengineering/#chapter-8

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 147
 Elective – Information Technology Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IT01 System Analysis and Design
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES IE:UE:50:50
Course Objectives:
 Explain what systems are and how they are developed.
 Identify and describe the phases of the systems development life cycle.
 Follow the analysis portion of the Systems Development Life Cycle in a disciplined
manner.
 Develop and evaluate system requirements.
 Work effectively in a team environment.
 Describe the role and responsibilities of the systems analyst in the development and
management of systems.

Learning Outcomes:
 Explain the need for and value of a formalized step-by-step approach to the analysis,
design, and implementation of computer information systems.
 Use tools and techniques for process and data modeling.
 Describe the role and responsibilities of the participants in information systems°
development.
 Develop a feasibility analysis of a proposed system.
 Develop and deliver a Requirements Definition Proposal for a new system in a well-
structured business proposal.
 Explain the common ways projects fail and how to avoid these failures.
 Implement various project management tools.

Units Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to system concepts: Introduction to System, characteristic, 10
elements of system, types of system, categories of information system
2 General phases of system development life cycle: SDLC, waterfall model, 10
prototyping model, spiral model and 4GT, system analysis

3 3 Requirement and Structured Analysis: Feasibility Study, Fact-finding 10

techniques, Decision Tree and Decision Table Pseudocode, Structured
English, DFD

4 Database Design and Documentation Techniques: ERD, System Flow 10

Charts; Functional Decomposition Diagram; Structured Flow-Charts.
5 User Interface Design: Interface Design Dialogue, Strategies, Screen 10
Management
6 Practical and case studies 10
a) Hospital Management b) Hotel Management c) Library Management d)
Inventory Management

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 148
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Awad System Analysis and Design
2 – National Senn System Analysis and Design:
3 – National Roger S. Software Engineering a
Pressman Practioner's Approach

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/system_analysi
s_and_design_quick_guide.htm
2 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/management/mis-management/system-
analysis-objectives-reasons-and-tools-mis/70388

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 149
 Elective – Information Technology Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IT02 Information System Security & Audit
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Describe the general framework for IT risks and control.
 Identify the unique elements of computer environment and discuss how they affect the
audit process.
 Describe the security aspect and audit issues related to computer security.
 To enable the students to grasp knowledge of Auditing along with exposure to modern
business information systems.
 Understand the audit objectives and procedures used to test data management controls.
 Discuss the stages in the SDLC
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the difference between Security Metrics and Audits.
 Knowledge on Vulnerability Management
 Know the Information Security Audit Tasks, Reports and Post Auditing Actions
 Understand Information Security Assessments
 Examine the multiple layers of IS security in organizations.
 Analyze the risk management approach to information assets‘ security with respect to
operational and organizational goals.
 Evaluate physical and logical security controls, and the automated approaches in IS
security.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Information SystemsAudit: What is Information Systems (IS) Auditing? 10
,Need for control and audit of computers, Effects of computers on internal
controls, Effects of computers on auditing, Foundations of Information
Systems Auditing, Organizational Responsibilities( Executive management,
Auditors, IT and Information security and General users)
Information system control : Information system control techniques,
categories of internal control, organizational controls, data processing
environmental control, Business continuity planning control, user control,
boundary control, input control, control over data
2 Meaning of Risk, Business risk, audit risk, security risk, and continuity risk. 10
SEI risk statement (two things needed to express risk clearly) Components of
risk: threat, vulnerability, exposure, impact, consequence Risk response
options: manage, reduce, transfer, ignore, monitor Threat classes: natural,
accidental and unintentional, intentional, political unrest, Threat agents, threat
agent motives, Four basic steps to a risk assessment.
3 Information security programs- Relative importance of people, policy, and 10
technology, Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues in Information Security
Program foundation: policy, education, ownership, defined responsibilities
Role of risk management in information security programs Information
Security Management- Supporting role and purpose of: policy, training,
culture, baselines, system acquisition and development, change management,
configuration management, monitoring, personnel policies, assessments,
metrics, and evaluation Incident response and basic steps: identification,
containment, collection, recovery, analysis Cyber frauds, cyber attacks, impact
of cyber frauds on enterprise, techniques to commit cyber frauds.

Page 150
 4 Software / System Development Life Cycle- Four basic steps in SDLC: 10
analysis, development, testing, implementation General sense for SDLC risks
, Differences between pre- and postimplementation audits Pre-
implementation and Post-implementation: approaches, role of auditor,
advantages, disadvantages ( in both phases)
5 Evidence Collection- Audit software, Code review, test data, and code 10
comparison, Concurrent auditing techniques, Interview, questionnaires, and
control flowcharts, Performance measurement tools. Evaluating Asset
Safeguarding and Data Integrity Introduction, measures of asset safeguarding
and data integrity, Nature of the global evaluation decision, Determinants of
judgment performance, Audit technology to assist the evaluation decision,
Cost-effectiveness considerations, Overview of the efficiency evaluation
process, Performance indices, Workload models, System models, combining
workload and system models, Overview of the effectiveness evaluation
process, A model of Information System effectiveness, Evaluating system
quality, Evaluating information quality, Evaluating perceived usefulness,
Evaluating perceived ease of use, Evaluating computer self-efficacy,
Evaluating Information System use, Evaluating individual impact, Evaluating
Information System satisfaction, Evaluating organizational impact
6 Audit planning - Scope, objectives, Audits vs. assessments Need for business 10
continuity management, Business Continuity policy and Planning, objectives
Goals, plan, implementation, testing, Types of Back up, Disaster recovery
plan, Audit of BCP and DRP New trends- cloud computing, security issues,
mobile computing, BYOD(bring your own device) threats of BYOD, web 2.0,
social media and network – social network threats , Green
IT security service and challenges

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Doug Dayton, ―Information (1997), Prentice Hall,
Daug Dayton Technology Audit ISBN:
Handbook‖, 0136143148
2 – National Ron Weber Information Pearson Education
Systems Control Inc., Ninth
and Audit‖, Impression, 2013,
ISBN 978-81-317-
0472-1
3 – National Richard E. Auditor's Guide to - 978-0-470-
Cascarino Information 00989-5 Willey
Systems Auditing publication

4 – International Frederick ―Information Auerbach Pub,

Gallegos, Technology ISBN:
Sandra Allen- Control and Audit‖ 0849399947
Senft, Daniel P.
Manson (1999)
5 – International James A. Hall . ―Information South Western
Systems Auditing College
and Assurance,‖ Publishing, 1999.

Page 151
6 – International Michael E. Principles of ―Tho mson Course
Whitman and Information Technology, 3rd
Herbert J. Security,‖ Ed., 2008.
Mattord

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/6673169.pdf
2 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/system_analysis_and
_design_security_audit.htm
3 https://www.isaca.org/resources/isaca-journal/issues/2016/volume-5/information-
systems-security-audit-an-ontological-framework
4 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_security_audit
5 https://www2.deloitte.com/me/en/pages/technology/solutions/it_audit_and_inform
ation_system_security_deloitte_montenegro_technology_services_solutions.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 152
 Elective – Agribusiness Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III AM01 Rural Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To sensitize the students towards the Agriculture and Rural Marketing environment so
as to help them in understanding the emerging challenges in the Global Economic
Environment
 To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of Rural Marketing,
 To make the students aware of nature of the Rural Consumer
 To give insights of marketing of agricultural inputs and produce.
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the importance of Rural Markets
 Sensitize to the needs and behavior of consumers and channels
 Utilize the understanding on peculiarities of rural markets, channels and competition in
marketing decision making
 Understand the Rural Market Segmentation and Rural Products
 Expose the students to Rural Market Distribution and services
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Rural marketing – concept, scope, nature, taxonomy attractiveness. Urban vs. 10
rural marketing. Rural consumer behavior – buyer characteristics, decision
process, and behavior patterns, evaluation procedure, brand loyalty,
innovation adoption
2 Rural Marketing in India. Rural marketing management perspectives, 10
challenges to Indian marketer. Rural – urban disparities, policy interventions
required rural face to reforms, towards cyber India
3 Information system for rural marketing – concepts, significance, internal 10
reporting system, marketing research system, decision support system.
Selecting and attracting markets – concepts and process, segmentation,
degrees, bases, and guides to effective segmentation, targeting and positioning
4 Product strategy for rural markets. Concept and significance. Product mix and 10
product item decisions. Competitive product strategies. Pricing strategy in
rural marketing: Concept, Significance, Objectives, Policy and strategy.
5 Promotion towards rural audience, exploring media, profiling target audience, 10
designing right promotion strategy and campaigns. Rural distribution –
channels, old setup, new players, new approaches, coverage strategy
6 Cases related to the topics covered under earlier units. 10
Agribusiness marketing Project studies in your areas
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Edition Company
(Publisher)
1– C.S.G. ―Rural Market ing‖ – , Pearson
National Krishnamacharyulu & Text and Cases education.
Lalitha Ramakrishnan,
2– C.S.G. ―Cases in rural Pearson
National Krishnamacharyulu & marketing an education.
Page 153
 Lalitha Ramakrishnan integrated approach‖.
3– Robert Chambers ―Rural Development: Pearson
National Putting the last first education.

Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.economicsdiscussion.net/marketing-management/rural-
marketing-in-india/31957
2 https://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/mba/mm-310.pdf
3 https://theinvestorsbook.com/rural-marketing-strategy.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 154
 Elective – Agribusiness Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III AM02 Supply Chain Management in Agribusiness
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Understand the principles of supply chain management and its importance in business
management.
 Know the emerging practices, challenges and trends in supply chains.
 Understand the Supply Chain Strategy
 Understand the Logistics Management in Supply Chains
 Understand the Information Technology for Supply Chain Management
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the principles of supply chain management and its importance in business
management.
 Know the emerging practices, challenges and trends in supply chains.
 Understand the Supply Chain Strategy
 Understand the Logistics Management in Supply Chains
 Understand the Information Technology for Supply Chain Management
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Supply Chain: Changing Business Environment; SCM: Present Need; 10
Conceptual Model of Supply Chain Management; Evolution of SCM; SCM
Approach; Traditional Agri. Supply Chain Management Approach; Modern
Supply Chain Management Approach; Elements in SCM.
2 Demand Management in Supply Chain: Types of Demand, Demand Planning 10
and Forecasting; Operations Management in Supply Chain, Basic Principles
of Manufacturing Management.
3 Procurement Management in Agri. Supply chain: Purchasing Cycle, Types of 10
Purchases, Contract/Corporate Farming, Classification of Purchases Goods or
Services, Traditional Inventory Management, Material Requirements
Planning, Just in Time (JIT), Vendor Managed Inventory.
4 Logistics Management: History and Evolution of Logistics; Elements of 10
Logistics; Management; Distribution Management, Distribution Strategies;
Pool Distribution; 28 Transportation Management; Fleet Management; Service
Innovation; Warehousing; Packaging for Logistics, Third-Party
Logistics (TPL/3PL); GPS Technology.
5 Concept of Information Technology: IT Application in SCM; Advanced 10
Planning and Scheduling; SCM in Electronic Business; Role of Knowledge in
SCM; Performance Measurement and Controls in Agri. Supply Chain
Management- Benchmarking: introduction, concept and forms of
Benchmarking.
6 Food supply chain Networks, The advantages for supply chain members, 10
Components of an Agri supply chain, Agri marketing and emergence of
coordinated supply chains in India, Coordinated supply chains, Supply Chain
Management in Horticulture, Value chain – Some Horticulture crops,
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 155
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Book Edition Company
1 – National Altekar RV. Supply Chain . Prentice
2006. Management: Hall of India.
Concepts and
Cases
2 – National Monczka R, . Purchasing 2002
Trent and Supply Thomson
R&Handfield Chain Asia
R. Management.
3 – National . vanWeele Purchasing and Vikas Publ.
AJ. 2000. Supply Chain House
Management
Analysis
,Planning and
Practice
4 – International Fawcett, S., Supply Chain Pearson
Ellram, L. and Management – Prentice Hall,
Ogden, J. From Vision to Upper Saddle
(2007): Implementation. River, NJ,
USA.
5 – International Fischer, C. Agri-food CAB
and Chain International,
Hartmann, M. Relationships.. UK and US.
(2010):

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.academia.edu/40734182/Principles_of_Agribusiness_Management
2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agribusiness
3 https://zalamsyah.files.wordpress.com/2018/02/6-agribusiness-management.pdf
4 http://eagri.org/eagri50/AECO341/index.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 156
 Elective – Retail Management
Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Sayllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III R01 Introduction to Retailing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing, expectations of
customers and
 To study the importance of retailing in the current business scenario.
Learning Outcomes :
 Enable the students to gain knowledge on concepts, formats and managerial practices of
retailing
 Enable the students to gain skills on analysis and decision making in retailing
management
 Understand to the Product Categories, Types and Formats
 Understand to the Retail Strategy
 Understand to the Store Operation and Services
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Retailing- Meaning, Nature, Classification, Growing Importance of Retailing, 10
Factors Influencing Retailing, Functions of Retailing, Retail as a career.
2 Developing and applying Retail Strategy, Strategic Retail Planning Process, 10
Retail Organization,
3 The changing Structure of retail, Classification of Retail Units, Retail Formats: 10
Corporate chains, Retailer Corporative and Voluntary system, Departmental
Stores, Discount Stores, Super Markets, Warehouse Clubs.
4 4 Varity of Merchandising Mix, Retail Models and Theory of Retail 10
Development, Business Models in Retail, Concept of Life cycle Retail.
5 Emergence of Organized Retiling, Traditional and Modern retail Formats in 10
India, Retailing in rural India, Environment and Legislation For Retailing,
6 Case Studies in Retail Management 10
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1 – National Swapana Pradhan- Retailing Management
2 – National Dravid Gilbert - Retail Marketing
3 – National George H, Lucas Jr., Retailing
Robert P. Bush, Larry
G Greshan-
4 – International A. J. Lamba The Art of Retailing
5 – International . Barry Berman, Joel Retail Management; A
R Evans Strategic Approach

Page 157
Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/india/retailing/retailing-in-india-
definition-nature-types-importance-examples-and-opportunities/18318
2 https://www.mbaknol.com/retail-management/retail-organization-and-
classification-of-retail-units/
3 http://164.100.47.193/Refinput/New_Reference_Notes/English/FDI_Sector.pdf

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 158
 Elective -Retail Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III R02 Retail Management and Franchising
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing, expectations of
customers and to study the importance of retailing in present business scenario.
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the retail sector and the range of retail occupations.
 Describe the characteristics of the local retail environment
 Identify different retail occupations and the related skills, attributes and behaviours.
 State factors that influence customer expectations.
 Explain how a Point of Sale is used in retail.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: Definition, Relationship between retailing & marketing, 10
Customer Relationship Management for retail store, Features of retailing,
retailing structure. Retailing & channels of distribution, place of retailing in
channels of distribution, Structural dynamics, alternative ways of classifying,
retail structure, essentials of successful retailing, non-store retailing.
2 Retail Strategic Planning: Meaning, importance, steps involved in retail 5
strategic planning.
3 Franchising: Introduction, meaning, Advantages & disadvantages of 7
becoming a franchisee, Legal restrictions in franchising, types of franchises,
elements of an ideal franchise programme, forms of franchise arrangement,
Evaluating the franchise company, trends in franchising.
4 Location: Introduction, Geographic location decision, location site and types 7
of retail development, location techniques, catchment area analysis, leasing of
a retail outlet.
5 Store Design & Layout: Introduction, Store & its image, The External Store, 8
Internal Store, Display, visual merchandising & atmospherics, types of layout.
6 Consumerism & Ethics in Retailing: Introduction, Pressures for a company to 8
be socially responsible, criticism of marketing activity, product misuse and
safety issues, acceptability of social responsibility.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – International David Gilbert Retail Marketing Pearson Education
Management
2 –International Andrew J. Retailing Environment Change learning
Newman & & operations
Peter Cullen
3 –International Barry Berman Retail Management – A Pearson Education
&Jeol R. Strategic Approach
Evans
4 –National Agarwal, Retail Management, W.K. Road, Merut.
Bansal, PragatiPrakashan
Yadav&Kumar

Page 159
5-International Barbara The Shopping Wharton School
E.Kahn Revolution Press
6-International John Stanley Just About Everything Gray & Nash
a Retail Manager
Needs to Know
7-National Swapna Retailing Management 2011 Tata McGraw-Hill
Pradhan Education

Online Resources:
Online Resources Web site address
No
1 https://www.vectorconsulting.in/research-publications/consumer-
industry-insights/leveraging-franchisees-for-profitable-growth-in-retail/
2 https://courses.lumenlearning.com/clinton-marketing/chapter/reading-
types-of-retailers/
3 https://www.primaseller.com/knowledge-base/retail-store-management/

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.shortcoursesportal.com/disciplines/244/retail-
management.html
2 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_mg40/preview

Page 160
 Elective - Project Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus– w.e.f. - Year 2022– 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PR01 Project Risk Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand how to apply customizable, industry-robust Templates to create a Risk
Management Plan and Risk Register
 To understand how to Use Qualitative Risk analysis process to Identify Risk Exposure
 To understand how to Translate Risk into actual Time and Cost impact using proven
Quantitative Risk Analysis Tools
 To understand how to Utilize Technique to Design your Risk Response Strategies
 To understand how to Monitor Risk Triggers to control uncertainties and maximize
project payoff

Learning Outcomes:
 Develop skills to help you enhance your skills on project risk management.
 Help in identifying and measuring risks in project development and implementation,
 Learn to quantify risks and create risk response strategies to deliver projects that meet
stakeholder expectations.

Unit: Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Risk Management 5
Difference between Risk and Issue Management, Definitions of Risk and Key
Terms, Risk vs. Opportunities, Impact of Risk on Organizations, Internal
Control and Risk Management, Maturity in Risk Culture, Risk Management
Strategy, Perspectives – Strategic, Programme, Project, Operations, Risk
Management Policy and Processes, Risk Management Responsibilities, Risk
Management Templates for Risk Management, Strategy and Risk Register
2 Risk Management Planning 8
Risk Management Planning Process, Inputs to Risk Planning, Techniques for
Risk Planning, Tailoring the Risk Register, Tailoring the Probability Impact
Matrix, Define Roles and Responsibilities, Develop Project Risk Management
Plan
3 Identify Risks 5
Risk Identification Process, Inputs to Risk Identification, Techniques in Risk
Identification, Determine Project Risk and Opportunities, Using Expert
Judgment and historical Data Analysis, Discuss SWOT, Taxonomy,
Checklist, Delphi, Cause and Effect, Pareto analysis, Where to look for Project
Risks, Risk Breakdown Structure, Common risks in Software Project
4 Risk Analysis 5
Risk Analysis Process, Qualitative vs. Quantitative Risk Analysis, When to use
Quantitative Risk Analysis, Inputs for Qualitative Risks Analysis, Determine
Risk Probability and Impact, Risk Urgency Assessment,
Categorize Risks, Update Risk Register, Quantifying with Expected Monitory
Value, Decision Tree Analysis
5 Planning Risk Responses 8
Risk Response planning process, Inputs for Risk response planning, Strategies
for Negative Risks, Strategies for Positive Risks, Secondary Risks and Residual
Risks, Assigning Risk Ownership and Responsibilities, Contingency
Planning

Page 161
 6 Monitoring and Controlling Risks 5
Risk Monitoring and Controlling Process, Inputs to Risk Monitoring and
Controlling Process, Techniques in Risk Monitoring and Controlling
Risk Reassessment, Risk Audits, Variance and Trend Analysis
Documenting Risk Data for future projects, Managing Issues
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Books Author Edition
(Publisher)
1 – International Tom Kendrik Identifying and 3rd AMACOM, United
Managing Project edition Kingdom
Risk (16 April
2015)
2 – International Michel Crouhy The Essentials of 2nd McGraw-Hill
Risk Management Edition Education; 2nd
2015 edition, USA
3 – National 101 Secrets of 1st Vitasta Publishing
Yadav Manoj Project Risk Edition Pvt.Ltd
Management 2016
4 – National P Textbook of Project 1st Laxmi Publications
Gopalakrishnan& Management Edition
VE 2017
Ramamoorthy
5 – National IIBF Risk Management 2nd Macmillan Publishers
edition India Pvt. Ltd.;

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No.
1 https://www.pmi.org/-/media/pmi/documents/public/pdf/certifications/practice-
standard-project-risk-management.pdf?v=1e0b5985-74af-4c57-963c-
b91a9af6fecb
2 https://www.edureka.co/blog/project-risk-management/
3 https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/pmp-project-
management/9780470479582/9780470479582_monitor_and_control_risks.html
4 https://projectriskcoach.com/identify-project-risks/
5 https://www.greycampus.com/opencampus/project-management-
professional/risk-categories
MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ge06/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou21_ag10/preview
3 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ge06/preview

Page 162
 Elective - Project Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022– 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PR02 Microsoft Project 2010
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand best in class templates
 To schedule tasks effectively.
 To collaborate with project partners with ease.
 To understand how to get updates and stay current
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the Microsoft Project 2010 Interface
 Learn Best Practices in Planning and Scheduling using Microsoft Project and Checklists
 Learn Resource Planning, How to resolve Resource Workload, Re-Assignments and
Performance Review
Unit: Contents Sessions
1 Best Practice Guidelines and Checklists on Project Scheduling 8
Scheduling in a Nut Shell, Scheduling Best Practices and Guidelines, Do‘s
and Don‘ts, Overview of Microsoft Project 2010
2 Resolving Resource Workload Over Allocation 11
Determine Resource Workloads, Sharing Resources across Multiple Projects,
Strategies for resolving Resource Workload over allocation, Level the
Workload yourself, Let Microsoft Project level the Workload for you, Best
practices on Workload Leveling
3 Optimizing for Scope, Time, Cost and Resource 5
Strategies for Optimizing the Schedule, Managing Critical Path using
Microsoft Project, Running What-if Scenarios in Microsoft Project,
Determining Critical Resources
4 Managing Multiple Projects 4
Project, Program and Portfolio Management Concepts, Combining Projects
for Progress Review, Creating and Managing Sub Projects and Master
Projects, Managing Project Task Dependencies, Sharing Resources amongst
Projects
5 Customizing and Sharing Objects 10
Customizing Project Objects, Sharing Objects between Projects, Using Project
Templates
6 Analyzing Projects 7
Analyzing Project Progress, Measuring Performance using Earned Value
Analysis, Responding to Changes in your Project

Page 163
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – International Bonnie Biafore Microsoft Project 1stEdition O'Reilly Media,
2010: The Missing Inc.
Manual
2 – International Nancy C. Muir Project 2010 For May 2010 For Dummies
Dummies
3 – International Robert Happy Microsoft Project 2010 1st Edition Sybex
Project Management:
Real World Skills for
Certification and
Beyond

Online Resources:
Online Resources No. Web site address
1 http://cnaiman.com/PM/MIT-LabText/2013/microsoft-project-2013-
step-by-step.pdf
2 http://www.asciutto.com/project2010/Project2010_eBook.pdf
3 https://www.uis.edu/informationtechnologyservices/wp-
content/uploads/sites/106/2013/04/IntroductiontoProject2010.pdf
MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/managing-projects-microsoft-
project-microsoft-cld213x/
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-managing-projects-with-
microsoft-project-6718
3 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/uva-darden-project-
management/supplemental-tutorial-getting-started-with-microsoft-
project-ojHba

Page 164
 Elective - Business Analytics
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022– 23
Semester CourseCode CourseTi
III BA01 Introduction to Business Analytics and Data
Mining
Type Credits Evaluation Mark
Core Elective 3 CE UE:CA = 50 : 50
CourseObjectives:
 To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
 To become familiar with the processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business
LearningOutcomes:
 Make sound managerial decisions aimed at furthering the business interests of the
company.
 Identify, analyze and understand the problems faced by the company.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Business Analytics (BA): Applications of Business 07
Analytics in various fields, OLAP, Geographical Information system, Real
time Business Intelligence Automated Decision support and
Competitive Intelligence
2 Visualization and Data Issues: 08
Introduction to Data Visualization, Organization of Source of Data,
Importance of Data Quality, Dealing with Missing or incomplete data, data
classification
3 Introduction to Data Mining: Introduction, Data mining process, data 07
mining tools XL MINER.
4 Applications of Business Analytics : 08
Risk - Fraud Detection and Prediction, Recovery Management, Loss Risk
Forecasting, Risk Profiling, Portfolio Stress Testing,
Market share estimation and Sensitivity Analysis
5 Analytics I : Loyalty Analytics 08
Customer Life Time Value, Propensity Analytics, Churn Analytics,
Customer Analytics, Customer Segmentation, Cross- Sell or Up sell
Models
6 Analytics II : Recruitment Analytics, Compensation Analytics, Talent 07
Analytics, Training Analytics, Human Resource Retention Analytics,
Workforce Analytics

ReferenceBooks:
Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddition Publisher
No. Company
1 PurbaHaladyRao Business Analytics – an 2013 PHI
application focus Learning
2 Tanushree Banerjee Business Analytics – Text and 2019 SAGE Publications
ArindamBannerjea Cases
3 Essentials of Business BhimasankaramPochiraju, 2018 Springer
Analytics Sridhar Seshadri

Page 165
 4 Gert H.N. Laursen, Business Analytics for 2010 Wiley and
JesperThorland Managers SAS
5 Mark J. Schniederjans, Business Analytics- 2014 Pearson
Dara Principles, Concepts and
G. Schniederjans and Applications
Christopher M Starkey
6 Jay Liebowitz Business Analytics: An 2013 CRC Press,
Introduction Taylor and
Francis

OnlineResources:
Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.managementstudyguide.com/business-analytics.htm
2 https://www.academia.edu/35314419/Bernard_Marr_Key_Business_Analytics_
3 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320685945_Understanding_the_Role
_of_Business

MOOCs:
ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 www.swayam.com
2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/business-analytics
3 https://www.edx.org/course/people-management-3
4 https://www.edx.org/course/data-models-and-decisions-in-business-analytics

Page 166
 Elective – Business Analytics
Programme:MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022– 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III BA 02 Business Statistics and Analytics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IA = 50 : 50

Course Objectives :
1. To understand the different basic concept / fundamentals of business statistics.
2. To understand the importance of Statistical Analysis Tools which includes Time Series
Analysis, Index Number, Skewness and Kurtosis and their implication on Business
performance
3. To understand the techniques of Statistical inferences and its usage in various business
applications.
4. To understand the multiple and partial correlation and regression concepts and its use in
inferential statistics

Learning Outcomes:
1. To develop numerical ability to solve examples on various topics.
2. To have clear understanding of various statistical tools and their applications in Business.
3. To analyze the importance of Statistical Techniques in different functional areas of
Management.
4. To apply the statistical techniques to small data sets for analysis and interpretation

Unit No Contents Sessions

Unit-I Time Series Analysis: 8
Time Series Analysis: Concept, Additive and Multiplicative Models,
Components of Time Series,
Trend Analysis: Least Square Method - Linear and Non- Linear Equations,
Applications in Business, Moving Average Method
Unit-II Skewness, and Kurtosis: 8
Introduction, Difference between Dispersion and Skewness, Tests of
skewness, Measures of Skewness: Absolute measures of Skewness,
Relative Measures of Skewness, Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Skewness,
Bowley’s coefficient of Skewness
Unit-III Index Numbers: Introduction, Uses of Index Numbers, Classification of 8
Index Numbers, Problems in the construction of Index Numbers, Methods
of constructing Index Numbers, Unweighted Index Numbers, Weighted
Index Numbers, Quantity or Volume Index Numbers, Value Index
Numbers
Unit-IV Statistical Inferences: Properties of a good estimator, Tests of 7
Significance of attributes, Tests of significance of Large Samples,
Difference between large and small samples, Two tailed test for difference
between the means of two samples, standard error of the difference
between two standard deviations, Tests of significance of small samples,
The assumption of Normality, t- distribution, properties of t- distribution,
working examples

Page 167
Unit-V Partial and Multiple Correlation: Introduction, Partial Correlation 7
Coefficient, zero order, first order and second order coefficients, Partial
correlation coefficient in case of four variables Second order partial
correlation coefficients, The significance of a partial coefficient,
Unit-VI Multiple Regression Analysis: Normal equations for the least square 7
regression plane, Assumptions of Linear Multiple Regression Analysis,
Other equations of Multiple Linear Regression

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Addition
1 S.P.Gupta Business Statistics 2016 Himalaya Publishing
House
2 Robert S. Witte, John S. Witte Statistics 2014 John Wiley & Sons

Online Resources:
Online Web site
Resources No address
1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com

2 https://en.wikipedia.org

3 https://managementhelp.org

4 https://www.cleverism.com

5 https://commercemates.com

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address

1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com

3 www.coursera.org

Page 168
 Elective – Event Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus - w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III EM-01 Event Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To help the students understand events market;
 To enable them to acquaint with event marketing processes; and
 To equip them with the necessary event marketing skills.

Learning Outcomes :
 The e purpose of this course is to enable the students to acquire a general knowledge about
the "event management" and to become familiar with management techniques and strategies
required for successful planning, promotion, implementation and evaluation of special
events.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Event Marketing: Nature, need and importance - Marketing for 8

events -Special features of event marketing - Event marketing mix: Product,
Price, Promotion, Distribution, Partnership, Physical Evidence, Packaging,
Programming - Market Research.

2 Understanding the Event Market: Concept of market in events - Segmentation 8

and targeting of the market for events - Positioning in events and the concept
of Event Property -Repositioning of events.

3 Event Promotion: Trends and challenges - Marketing Communication: 8

Image,Branding, Advertisement, Publicity, Public Relations - The Five ‗W‘s
of event marketing -Marketing equipments and tools.

4 Concept of Pricing in Events: Setting pricing objectives in tune with marketing 8

and business strategies - Feedback from the market - Skills required for
negotiating the best price -Assessment of internal systems and overheads -
Understanding of the discounting techniques -Checklist for pricing of events

5 Marketing skills for Event Management: Creativity & Innovation - Self 8

Motivation -Emergency Preparedness - Team Building, Networking,
Leadership and Coordination.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Page 169
Reference Books: -

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
01 Leonard H. Hoyle Event Marketing: How to Festivals.
Successfully Promote Events
02 John Wiley and Sons Conventions and Expositions 2002 New York
03 Gaur, Event Marketing and Management 2003 Vikas
Publishing
House
04 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New
Delhi

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.cvent.com/en/blog/events/event-marketing-guide
2 https://www.studocu.com/en-gb/document/aston-university/events-marketing/events-
marketing-notes/7679123
3 http://managementstudyguide.com/lms/course/view.php?id=291

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 170
 Elective – Event Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23

Semester Course Code Course Title
III EM-02 Event Risk Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To aware need of risk management in event operations;
 To know the fundamental issues and application of risk management in event; and
 To understand the risk management models
Learning Outcomes :
The e purpose of this course is to enable the students to acquire a general knowledge about the
"event management" and to become familiar with management techniques and strategies required
for successful planning, promotion, implementation and evaluation of special events.
Unit Contents Sessions

1 Risk Management for Events: concept and scope of risk management in events 8
– Nature of risk in different events - Role of risk management for meetings and
events - Integration of risk management and event management
- Risk and opportunity.

2 Risks in events: Emergencies and emergency preparedness - Critical issues for 8

event safety - Outdoor events: Stage safety - Pyrotechnics, parades, and
demonstrations.

3 Risk identification: Describe challenges in the risk identification process – 8

Select suitable risk identification mechanisms - Identify event and associated
risks - Risk analysis and methods of analysis - Alcoholism and drugs, crowd
control, fire safety and emergency medical services, food and water safety,
outdoor events.

4 Risk Mitigation – Process, tools, techniques – Risk mitigation - Practices, 8

procedures, and safeguards associated with the identification - Analysis,
response planning, and control of the risks surrounding events of all types -
Administrative Safeguards – Early warning system.

5 Health and safety codes - Public health issues - Occupational health and safety 8
– Legal issues, contracts, Duty care - Future of Event Risk Management –
Relevant case studies.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Reference Books:

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

No. Edition Company
1 Julia Rutherford Silvers Risk Management for Meetings 2007. Butterworth
and Events Heinemann,

Page 171
 2 Peter E.Tarlow, Event Risk Management and 2002 Wiley
Safety
3 Gaur, Event Marketing and 2003 Vikas
Management Publishing
House
4 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New Delhi

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://library.olivet.edu/subject-guides/communication/comm325/docs/risk-management-
event-planning.pdf
2 https://study.com/academy/lesson/risk-management-in-event-conference-planning.html
3 https://www.slideshare.net/LinaKamarudin/event-risk-management

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 172
 Elective – Hospitality Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HM-01 Food Service operation
Type Credit Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand Food service operation
 To understand the role and responsibility of Food service management
 3) To understand and manage meal experience
 To expose the concept of eating out
 To study methods of purchasing food
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand food service operations
 Focus on role and responsibility of food service management
 Learn to manage meal experience
 Familiarize with the concept of eating out
 Recognize the methods of purchasing food.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to food service operation 5
Origin of food service industry
Commercial and non commercial Food service operation
Subsidized and welfare catering establishments
2 Food and Beverage management , Responsibilities of food and Beverage 5
management, Job description of food and Beverage manager, Constraints on
food and beverage management – External- Government/ political,
economic, social, technical and Internal – food and beverage, staff, control
3 Managing meal Experience- 5
Factors/ Reasons for using food services- such as Social, business,
convenience and time.
Atmosphere of food service establishment, price and Menu.
4 Understanding eating out – 5
Introduction , food and drink , variety in menu choice, level of service, price
and value for menu , interior design, Atmosphere and mood , location and
accessibility , food service employees.
5 Food service establishments- Fine dining, Bars, night clubs and pubs, Fast 5
food establishments – Financial policy, Marketing policy, product and
service style, staffing and technology
6 Food Menu- Introduction, type of menu, Table d‘ hote, A la carte, 5
Banqueting menu, cyclic menu .
Reference book-

Sr. Name of Author Title of the book Year / Published

no edition
1 Bernard Davis, Andrew Food and Beverage Fourth Butterworth-
lockwood, Ioannis Management edition Heinemann
Pantelieds , Peter Alcot

Page 173
 2 John Cousins , Dennis Food and beverage Service Ninth Hodder Education
Lillicrap, Suzanne Edition
Weekes

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.greatsampleresume.com/job-responsibilities/food-service/food-and-beverage-
manager
2 https://study.com/academy/lesson/food-service-industry-definition-history.html

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 174
 Elective – Hospitality Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23

Semester Course Code Course Title
III HM-02 Tour Operations Management (TOM)
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 Knowledge of the tour operations industry
 Knowledge and skills of tour operators‘ products
 Knowledge and skills essential in the administration and management of tour operations
as a business
Learning Outcomes :
 Knowledge and skills of tourism operations industry
 Understating legal aspects in tour and travel operations.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Emergence of Travel Intermediaries - Indian travel agents and tour operators: 8

an overview –differentiation & inter-relationship of TA/TO - Present business
trends and future prospects, problems and issues.

2 Setting up tour operation business: Product Knowledge – Managing linkages 8

with service suppliers - Itinerary preparation – Costing a tour package –
Planning and scheduling pick-ups and transfers.

3 Developing and managing linkages with Principal Suppliers – Managing 8

recruitment and trained manpower – Operations department: Inbound &
Outbound – Marketing of tour packages..

4 Selling Tourism services through Distribution Chains – Logistics in Tour 8

Operations – Managing Distribution System in Tourism Operation
Management.

5 Managerial Responsibilities - Managing Escort Services – Use of Technology 8

– Promotional issues – Marketing communications – Public Relations.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Reference Books:

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

No. Edition Company
01 Chunk, James, Dexter &Boberg Professional Travel Agency
Management
02 Fay Betsy Essentials of Tour
Management
03 Mohinder Chand Travel Agency
Management

Page 175
04 Negi J.M Travel Agency and Tour
Operation

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.uou.ac.in/sites/default/files/slm/BTTM-202.pdfl
2 http://cbseacademic.nic.in/web_material/Curriculum/Vocational/2018/Tourism/XII/Travel
%20Agency%20and%20Tour%20Operations%20Business%20XII.pdf

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 176
 Elective – Sports Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester CourseCode Course Title
III SM-01 Sports Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 03 UE : IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
 The evolution of sports marketing into a global business Identifying, and assessing
the role of sports in marketing and professional sports
 Identifying the changing role of the consumer Developing an awareness of the role
of sponsorship
 Taking strategic and the operational decisions.
 Understanding the importance of athletes as Brands
 Identifying the ethical challenges associated with the application of the marketing
programs
 Understanding the basic contents and structure of a sports marketing plan

LearningOutcomes:
 Understand the sports marketing environment and trends influencing marketers.
 Evaluate sports sponsorship decisions
 Understand the process and structure in sporting events

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Sports marketing Definition – MarketingMyopia in Sport – Uniqueness 7

of SportsMarketing–ModeloftheSportsIndustry–Implementation of
Sports MarketingProgramme.

2 Perspectives in Sports Consumer Behavior:Environmental Factors – 8

Individual Factors –Decision Making for Sports Involvement – Roleof
Research in Sports Marketing: Types ofPrimaryMarketResearch–
CommonProblemsinSportsMarketing research.

3 TheSportsProduct:ItsCoreandExtensions–Key Issues in Sports Product 8

Strategy –Managing Sports Brands: Benefits andDevelopment of
Brand Equity – Sales:Definition–TypicalSalesApproachesUsedin
Sports–SellingSportstothe community.

4 PricingStrategies:TheBasicsofPricing–CoreIssues – Special Pricing 8

Factors – AdvertisingMedia for Sports – Promotional Concepts,Practices
and Components – Sponsorship:Definition – Growth of Sponsorship –
Evaluating and Ensuring SponsorshipEffectiveness – Selling the
Sponsorship –EthicalIssues

Page 177
 5 Place/Product Distribution: Placing CoreProducts and their Extensions 8
– The Facility –Marketing Channels – The Product-PlaceMatrix –
Electronic Media Landscape – MediaImpactonSportPublicRelations–
IntegratingSales, Promotion, Sponsorship, Media andCommunity
Relations – Cross Impacts amongtheFiveP‘s–theLegalAspectsofSports
Marketing
6 CaseStudiesandPresentations 6

ReferenceBooks:

Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdd Publisher

No. ition Company

1 Bernard SportMarketing, 2014 HumanKinetics

JMullin,StephenHardy,William
2 PhilSchaaf. SportsMarketing- 1995 Amherst, N.Y. :
It‘snotjustagameanymore Prometheus Books,

3 LarryDeGaris SportsMarketing:APractic 2015 Larry Degaris

alApproach
4 David Shilbury; Hans Strategic Sport Marketing 2009
Westerbeek

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.docsity.com/en/sport-marketing-and-its-major-trusts-and-marketing-myopia-
kin-3801/6672936/
2 https://www.bartleby.com/essay/Sport-Marketing-F3YV2HK86VS

MOOCs:
ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
https://www.my-mooc.com

Page 178
 Elective – Sports Management
Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS – Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 23
Semester CourseCod Course
III SM-02 Basics of Sports Medicine & Nutrition
Type Credits Evaluation
Core Elective 03 UE: IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
 To impart knowledge on the Nutritional basis for enhanced: -
 exercise and sports performance with due emphasis on
 Physiology and body composition,
 Nutritional requirements
 Weight Management –
 Holistic health –
 Ergogenic aid
LearningOutcomes:
 To prepare students for a career in fitness academies, sports institutes, educational
and health institutions; pharmaceutical industries and corporate sectors.
Unit Proposed Contents Sessions
1 Introduction 8
Concept of Sports Medicine. Aim and Objective of Sports Medicine. Need
and Scope of Sports Medicine. Role of Sports Physician, Physical Educator
/ Sports Coaches in Sports Medicine
SPORTS INJURIES
Introduction. Types of Sports Injuries. Reasons of Sports Injuries,
Prevention and Management of Sports Injuries..
2 Drug Abuse In Sports 8
Meaning and Definition of Doping. Classification of Doping, Doping
Methods., Why Drugs are used by Individual?, Why Drugs are used by
Sports Persons?, The Prevention of Doping.
3 Elements Of Physical Nutrition 8
Cell and Human Physiology, Human Nutrition, Functional Anatomy,
Metabolism, Nutritional Physiology and Biochemistry,
NUTRITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Carbohydrates, Fats, Minerals,
4 Energy Requirements 8
Individual Caloric Requirement – Basal Energy Requirement,
Energy Requirement During Working Hours
NUTRITIONAL MEDICINES
Elements of Health Education, introduction to elements of Medicines that
help augmenting Physical Fitness and General Strength and Vigour,
5 Food – The Sources Of Energy 6
Carbohydrates, Mono, Saccharides, Disaccharides, Polysaccharides, Fats,
Proteins, Enzymes, Digestion.

Page 179
 6 Nutrition And Physical Performance 7
An Analysis of the Correlation between Nutrition and Physical Fitness
and Performance in Sports

ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdditi Publisher

on Company

01 Steven Ray, Irvin Richer, Sports Medicine, Prentice 1983 Prentice Hall,
Hall
02 Vinger and Roerner Sports Injuries 1981. PSG Publishing
Co., Inc,

03 William J. G. P Sports Medicine, London Edwar

Arnold
Publishers
04 Armstrong and Tucker, Injuries and Sports London
Scamples Press.

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.sportsmedtoday.com/what-is-a-sports-medicine-physician.htm
2 https://edurev.in/studytube/Revision-Notes--Doping--Physical-Education/6a3a682f-ada7-
49a4-9684-738e13e28cd7_t
3 kairostech.io/the-role-of-diet-nutrition-in-sports-performance/

MOOCs:
ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Page 180
MBA (HR) SEMESTER IV
Revised Syllabus
With Effect from (2022 –23)

Page 181
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 401 Project Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE : IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concepts of project planning and organization, budgeting and control,
 and project life cycles.
 To master several basic project scheduling techniques including WBS, CPM, PERT,
GANTT CHARTS, and resource constrained scheduling.
 To understand the related concepts of organizational forms, conflict resolution, and issues
related to leadership and task management in a project environment.
 To become familiar with Microsoft Project in performing simple project management
tasks.

Learning Outcomes :
 Evaluate project to develop scope of work, provide accurate cost estimation and to plan
the various activities.
 Identify resources required for a project and to produce a work plan and resources
schedule.
 Evaluate project for quality concept.
 Use of project management tools for project management.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction, Need for Project Management, characteristics of project, Problems 10
with projects, All parties (stakeholders) involved in project. Role of Project
Manager. Project management body of knowledge (PMBOK), Project
Management Knowledge Areas, Phases of project management life Cycle.
2 Organizational Structure and Organizational Issues: Introduction, Organizational 10
Structures, Team structures, Team development process, team building process,
stages in developing a high performance project team, project team pitfalls,
Roles and Responsibilities of Project Leader Leadership Styles for Project
Managers, Conflict Resolution, Team Management and Diversity
Management
3 Project Planning and scheduling: Introduction, Project Planning, Need of Project 10
Planning, Project Planning Process, Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), Gantt
chart, Network Planning models, formulating network model , Critical path
analysis , PERT, Resource Allocation, Scheduling, Project Cost Estimate and
Budgets, Cost Forecasts
4 Project Risk Management: Introduction, Risk, Risk Management, Role of Risk 10
Management in Overall Project Management, Steps in Risk Management, Risk
Identification, Risk Analysis, Risk prioritization, Risk mitigation.
5 Project Quality management :Introduction, Quality, Quality Concepts, Place of 10
quality in planning, importance of it, quality measures, ISO standards, CMM
standards, Quality Assurance document

Page 182
 6 Project Management Software: Introduction, Advantages of Using Project 10
Management Software, Common Features Available In Most of the Project
Management Software, Study of MS project or any other project management

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
National John M Nicholas Project Management Prentice Hall Of
For Business And India Pvt Ltd
Technology
International Clifford F Gray, ―Project Management Tata Mcgraw
Erik W Larson : -
The Managerial Process Hill Publishing
Co Ltd
International Jack Meredith, Project Management John Wiley and
Samuel J. Mantel - Sons
Jr. A Managerial Approach

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_Management_Institute
2 https://www.projectengineer.net/the-10-pmbok-knowledge-areas/
3 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_management
4 https://pmstudycircle.com/2012/03/stakeholders-inproject-management-
definition-and-types/
5 ..https://opentextbc.ca/projectmanagement/chapter/chapter-8-overview-of-
project-planning-project-management/

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 Please refer these websites for MOOCS:
NPTEL / Swayam
2 www. edx.com
3 www.coursera.com

Page 183
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR03 Compensation and benefits management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of compensation
 To explain the components of labour cost.
 To define executive compensation with various plans.
 To discuss wage policies and concepts related to labour market
 To elaborate issues related to reward management and global compensation
 To understand the rules for taxation and concept of tax friendly package.
Learning Outcomes :
 Explain concepts related to compensation
 Explain components of labour cost.
 Contribute in designing executive compensation
 Describe issues related to wage policies and labour market.
 Handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation
 Explain rules of taxation and design tax friendly package
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: Concept, scope and importance of Compensation and Benefits 8
Management; Factors affecting Compensation and Benefits decisions; Roles
and responsibilities of Compensation and Benefit Managers
2 Labour Cost: Components of Compensation package; Bonus: Method of 8
Determining Bonus; Fringe Benefits: concept and types; Wage Incentives:
Concept, different kinds of wage incentives plans and their application;
Labour Turnover: causes, implications and costs.
3 Executive Compensation: Compensation and organization Structure; 7
Aligning compensation to organization culture; Stock Options and Stock
Purchase plans; Economic value added (EVA) as an alternative to Stock
based compensation; Pay for performance; Competency based pay.
Retirement benefits.
4 Company Wage Policy: National Wage Policy: Objectives, Concepts; Labour 8
Market: Concept, broad types; Wage Determination; Pay Grades, Economic
Principles; External Equity: Wage Surveys.
5 Reward and Global Compensation - Total reward management process- 6
Assessment, Design, Execution and Evaluation, Global compensation -
strategies, Best practices in global compensation.
6 Taxation Aspect: Current rules of taxation of salaries; Exemption in income 8
tax-and the rationale; Fringe benefit tax and its implication for the employers
and employees; Taxation of stock options; Designing a tax friendly package.
Note: Simple problems on Income Tax Calculation to be taught.

Page 184
Reference Books:

Reference Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher Company

Books the Author Edition
(Publisher)
National R.C.sharma, Compensation 2019 Sage Publishing
Sulabh Management
Sharma
National A.P. Rao Labour Cost 2000 Everest Publishing
Accounting and House.
Compensation
Management
National B.D.Singh Compensation & 2007 Excel Books
Reward Management

International Michele Effective executive 2008 American management

Dennis and compensation Association
Thomas
Roth

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.iedunote.com/compensation-management
2 https://execcomp.org/Basics/Basic/What-Is-Executive-Compensation
3 https://theinvestorsbook.com/labour-turnover.html
4 https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/tools-and-samples/hr-
qa/pages/totalrewardsstrategies.aspx
5 https://www.worldatwork.org/workspan/articles/global-compensation-
considerations
6 https://www.incometaxindia.gov.in/pages/tax-laws-rules.aspx

MOOCs:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/compensation-management
2 https://alison.com/courses/diploma-in-modern-human-resource-
management/content/scorm/5730/module-6-compensation-and-benefits
3 https://www.classcentral.com/course/managing-employee-compensation-
5510

Page 185
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR04 Competency Mapping and Performance
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand managerial competencies in changing business environment and the
resultant challenges.
 To establish links between managerial competencies for effective work performance.
 To introduce the concept of performance management and its importance in
organizations.
 To enable students, knowledge of managing performances for greater success.
 To provide information about the latest development and trends in the practices of
performance management.

Learning Outcomes :
 Applied skills and knowledge that enable people to successfully perform in
professional, educational, and other life contexts.
 Understand the different types of Performance Planning strategies and develop various
development plans for the employees.
 Gain a practical understanding as how Performance Management plan is beneficial for
the organization and also the employees.
 Recognize how Competency Mappingworks and affects at different levels of the
organizations.
 Appreciate the Performance Appraisal Process and gain knowledge for avoiding
various rating errors.
 Identify job ready competencies and how to detect them in a probable candidate.
 Design and develop Competency Models for a particular job-role.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Concept of Competencies: Meaning and significance of Managerial 10
competencies for effective work performance, competency identificationand
its role in performance development, managerial competency in a dynamic
business national and global workplace,environment, PJ Job fit
Theory, PE fit Theory, Holland Theory.
2 Competency Mapping for effective HRM Development: Concept 10
ofCompetency Mapping - and its scopes, significance of competency
mapping for effective HRM, techniques for competency mapping, career
planning, role of competency mapping in career planning and development.
3 Introduction to Performance Management: Definition and Importance of 8
Performance Management, contribution of competency mapping in effective
performance development. Linkage of Performance Management to Other
HR Processes; Aims,Purposes and Principles of Performance Management.
4 Performance Management Planning and Development: Introduction: 12
Performance Management Planning, the Planning Process, Performance
Management Documentation, Manager‘s Responsibility in Performance
Planning Mechanics and Documentation, Employee‘s Responsibility in
Performance Planning Mechanics and Documentation, Creation of PM
Document

Page 186
 5 Competency Appraisal and Performance Management: Need and benefits 12
of effective appraisal system in Performancemanagement. Traditional and
Modern methods of Appraisal. Identifying training
needs,develop suitable training programs for competency management.
6 Management Competencies and Performance Development in 8
Organizations: Developing a model for competency mapping and
management for effective HR development for a chosen firm. Ethics and
Challenges in Performance Management.
Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – National Radha Sharma 360 degree Feedback,
Competency Mapping
and Assessment Center
2 – National
3 – National
4 – International Spencer and Competency at Work - Wiley
Spencer Publication
5 – International David D. Dubois, Competency –Based
Deborah Jo King Human Resource
Stern, Linda K. Management
Kemp
6 – International Michael Performance Jaico
Armstrong & Management Publication
Angela Baron

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 [email protected]
2 https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/096852206
10648373/full/html?journalCode=i
3 https://bdigital.ufp.pt/handle/10284/357
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 Coursera -Managing Employee Performance, www.coursera.org
2 Alission- Performance Management and strategic planning

Page 187
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 402 Environment and Disaster Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
 Understand and realize the multi-disciplinary nature of the environment, its components,
and inter-relationship between man and environment.
 Understand the relevance and importance of the natural resources in the sustenance of life
on earth and living standard.
 Comprehend the importance of ecosystem, biodiversity and natural bio geo chemical
cycle.

Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the natural environment and its relationships with human activities.
 Characterize and examine human affects at the environment.
 Capacity to obtain, analyse, and communicate information on risks, relief needs and
lessons learned from earlier disasters in order to formulate strategies for mitigation in
future scenarios
 Integrate facts, concepts, and methods from multiple disciplines and apply to
environmental problems of disaster events at a local and global level.
 Capacity to integrate knowledge and to analyse, evaluate and manage the different
public health aspects

Unit Contents Sessions

1 The Environment and Ecosystem: Environment and Environmental 4
studies: Definition, concept, components and importance
Ecosystem and Ecology: Structure and Function of ecosystem, Brief concept
of Autecology and Synecology.
Food chain, food web and ecological pyramids .
Biogeochemical cycles in an ecosystems: (Carbon, Nitrogen and
Phosphorous cycle)
Ecological succession: Definition, types, concept and process (Hydrosere,
Xerosere and Lithosere).
2 Environment as Science: Introduction, Types of environment- Physical & 4
Cultural, Environmental Science- meaning and definition, nature and scope,
methods and importance of study.
Impact of Technology on the environment, Environmental Degradation,
Sustainable Development, Environmental Education.
3 Biodiversity and its conservation: Definition, genetic, species and 4
ecosystem diversity.
Value of biodiversity : consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical,
aesthetic and option values
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels.
India as a mega-diversity nation
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man wildlife
conflicts.
Endangered and endemic species of India
Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
4 Definition and types of disaster: Hazards and Disasters, Risk and 4
Vulnerability in Disasters, Natural and Man-made disasters, earthquakes,
floods drought, landside, land subsidence, cyclones, volcanoes, tsunami,

Page 188
 avalanches, global climate extremes. Man-made disasters: Terrorism, gas and
radiations leaks, toxic waste disposal, oil spills, forest fires.
5 Natural Disasters: Epidemic, Cyclone, Drought, Food, Landslide, Fire and 4
forest fire, Earthquake and Volcanoes, Tsunami.
Man- made Disasters: War, Arson / Sabotage / Internal Disturbances / Riots,
Nuclear Explosion /Accidents / Radioactive Leakages. Ecological disasters
like Deforestation / Soil Erosion / Air / Water Pollution. CORONA,HIV /
AIDS, Life Style Diseases.
6 Disaster Management: Components of Disaster Management, 4
Government‘s Role in Disaster Management through Control of Information,
Actors in Disaster Management, Organizing Relief measures at National and
Local Level, psychological Issues, Carrying Out Rehabilitation Work,
Government Response in Disaster

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Dr. AlokSatsangi Environment 2014 Green Leaf
Management and Publication
Disaster Management
2 – National Gupta A.K., Niar Disaster management 2013 Narosa Publishing
S.S and Chatterjee and Risk Reduction, House, Delhi.
S. Role of
Environmental
Knowledge
3 – National Dr. Ponmani S, Environmental Studies 2019 Agrobios (India)
Mrs. Bharathi VS, & Disaster
Dr. Balusamy A Management
4 – International R. Rajagopalan Environmental Studies 2015 Oxford University
Press Publication
5 – International Majid Husain Environment And 2016 Access Publishing
Ecology: Biodiversity,
Climate Change And
Disaster Management
6 – International Thomas H. Environmental and 2018 Routledge
Tietenberg ,Lynne Natural Resource Publishing
Lewis Economics

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 environment-and-ecology-by-anil-kumar-d60361115.html
2 http://nammakpsc.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/12.pdf
3 http://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in/document/Qm92bWdMVkJ2U1J3RjNWSDhFMWkwa
GplSi9ObFJpd2VZQytMbkljZGZ3RT0
4 https://www.journals.elsevier.com/international-journal-of-disaster-risk-
reduction
5 https://www.omicsonline.org/environmental-journals.php

Page 189
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.edx.org/course/natural-disasters
2 https://swayam.gov.in/
3 https://www.coursera.org/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/

Page 190
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Introduction to Data Science
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE: 100
Course Objectives :
 Understanding the Role of Data Science in business.
 Understanding the basic concept of data management and data mining techniques
 To understand the basic concept of machine learning
 To understand the application of business analysis
 Understanding the basic concept of Data Science Project Life Cycle.
Learning Outcomes:
 Upon the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
 Understand the basics of business analysis and Data Science Knowledge (K2)
 Understand data management and handling and Data Science Project Life Cycle
 Understand the data mining concept and its techniques Applying (K4)
 Understand and Analyzing machine learning concept Analyzing (K5)
 Understand the application of business analysis in different domain Applying (K4)
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: What is Data Science? Historical Overview of data analysis, 6
Data Scientist vs. Data Engineer vs. Business Analyst, Career in , What is data
science, Why Data Science, Applications for data science, Data Scientists
Roles and Responsibility
2 Data: Data Collection, Data Management, Big Data Management, 8
Organization/sources of data, Importance of data quality, Dealing with
missing or incomplete data.
3 Data Classification Data Science Project Life Cycle: Business Requirement, 6
Data Acquisition, Data Preparation, Hypothesis and Modeling, Evaluation and
Interpretation, Deployment.
4 Introduction to Data Mining, The origins of Data Mining, Data Mining Tasks, 8
OLAP and Multidimensional data analysis, Basic concept of Association
5 Introduction to Machine Learning: History and Evolution, AI Evolution, 6
Statistics Vs Data Mining Vs, Data Analytics Vs, Data Science, Supervised
Learning, Unsupervised Learning, Reinforcement Learning, Frameworks for
building Machine Learning Systems.
6 Application of Business Analysis: Retail Analytics, Marketing Analytics, 8
Financial Analytics, Healthcare Analytics, Supply Chain Analytics.

Page 191
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Editio
1 Bhimasankaram Pochiraju, Essentials of Business Analytics: An Springer
Sridhar Seshadri, Introduction to the methodology and its
application,
2 Andreas C. Müller, Sarah Introduction to Machine Learning with 1st
Guido, O‘Reilly Python: A Guide for Data Scientists Edition
3 Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson
Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Education
4 Ger Koole, Lulu.com, An Introduction to Business Analytics 2019

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://bdigital.uvhm.edu.mx/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Essentials-of-
Business-Analytics.pdf
2 https://michael.hahsler.net/SMU/EMIS3309/slides/Evans_Analytics2e_ppt_0
1.pdf
3 http://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in/document/Qm92bWdMVkJ2U1J3RjNWSDhFMWkwa
GplSi9ObFJpd2VZQytMbkljZGZ3RT0
MOOC:

Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 192
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open HR Analytics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
 To enable the learner towards critical thinking about data for HR decisions.
 Use of statistical software to manipulate and organize data.
Learning Outcomes:
 Enable learners to use statistical methods for analyzing data
 Learners can do inferring the data for managerial decisions on HR
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Data Analysis & Data Analytics 5
a. What is Data Analysis & Data Analytics?
b. Understand what is analytics and the difference between analysis
and analytics
c. What is data & Types of data
d. Data Transformation: data → information → Knowledge →
Discovery
e. Data storage to data discovery
f. What is Data Science and various stages of Data Science Process
g. Understanding Data Analytics & Data Science
h. Data Modelling
2 Introduction to HR Management, HR Data and Metrics 6
Overview on Human resource management functions
a. Employee life cycle - hire to or exit or retire
i. Workforce Planning
ii. Talent Acquisition or recruitment
iii. Performance measurement and management
iv. Talent Management
v. Learning and organization development
vi. HR Operations
vii. Compensation and Benefits
b. Understanding HR Data and Classifications
c. HR Metrics

3 Introduction to HR Technology and Analytics 5

a.Overview of HR Technology and Systems
b.HRIS and other systems for HR Data creation
c.What is HR Analytics?
d.Functional and Technical Skills for HR Analytics
e.Making a case for HR Analytics and wining
sponsorship
f. Importance of data availability and governance
4 Application of HR Analytics 9

a. Understanding the various forms of HR Analytics

b. People Analytics, Workforce Analytics & HR Functional

Page 193
 Analytics
c. HR Functional Analytics
i. Workforce Planning Analytics
ii. Recruitment & Selection Analytics
iii. On-boarding Analytics
iv. Training & Development Analytics
v. Compensation Analytics
vi. Employee Engagement Analytics
vii. Performance Management Analytics
viii. Employee Attrition Analytics
ix. Various other HR Analytics Problems and their
solutions for various industry domains.
5 Application of Statistics in HR Analytics 6

5.1 Understanding statistical analysis on HR Data

a. Descriptive Statistics
b. Inferential Statistics
5.2 Applications of statistical techniques on HR Data

c. Mean median & mode

d. Correlation - HR Case study of correlation
e. Linear regression - HR Case study of Linear regression
f. Logistic regression - HR Case study of Logistic regression
g. Understand how to pick a problem that is relevant, measuring
outcome, checking data for Errors, Creating new variable from
existing data
h. Using trend lines and charts
i. Data Preparation (cleaning)
j. Data Analysis using statistical techniques
k. Data Modeling
l. Analytics reporting using Dashboard
m. Use of slicers to filter data
n. Creating Pivot Tables and Analysis
o. Hypothesis Testing
6 Understanding Data Visualization in HR Analytics (using 5
Advanced Excel, Power BI & Tableau)

6.1 Use of Advanced Excel Functionality in HR Analytics

Reporting
6.2 Use of Microsoft Power BI for data visualization for HR
Analytics Reporting
a. "Utilize the VLOOKUP function to merge HR data
b. Combine PivotTables and visualization techniques"
c. Create an HR data model, Structure the HR data model,
Prepare the HR data model for analysis
6.3 Understanding basics of Tableau for data visualization
which helps in analyzing
 "Exporting data into Tableau and Visualization
 KPI Dashboard
 Tableau Dashboard Analysis

Page 194
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Editi Company
(Publisher) on
1 Kuldeep Singh and Winning on HR Analytics: 2016 SAGE Publishing
Ramesh Leveraging Data for
Soundararajan Competitive Advantage
2 Kirsten Edwards Predictive HR Analytics: 2019 Kogan Page
and Martin Mastering the HR Metric
Edwards
3 Tracey Smith HR Analytics: The What, 2013 CreatespaceIndep
Why and How endent Pub
4 Rachael Johnson The Practical Guide to HR 2018 Society For
Murray,Lindsay Analytics: Using Data to Human Resource
McFarlane, Valerie Inform, Transform, and Management
Streets Empower HR Decisions

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.cipd.ie/Images/Marianne-Lee-HR-Analytics-February-
2017_tcm21-23091.pdf
https://www.shrm.org/foundation/ourwork/initiatives/preparing-for-future-hr-
trends/Documents/Workforce%20Analytics%20Report.pdf
https://www.cipd.co.uk/Images/people-analytics-report_tcm18-43755.pdf
2 https://www.ijbmi.org/papers/Vol(6)7/Version-
4/D0607042334.pdf
3 https://hrotodayforum.com/emea/wp-
content/uploads/2013/11/EB-Analytics.pdf
4 https://www.publicatie-
online.nl/files/8515/3675/1058/15810_vanderlaken_FLP.pdf

MOOC:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/wharton-people-
analytics
2 https://www.coursera.org/learn/analytics-data-
decisions
3 https://www.udemy.com/course/peopleanalytics101/
4 https://www.udemy.com/course/hr-analytics-using-
excel/

Page 195
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Labour Laws-II
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
 To adopt good techniques to have healthy industrial relations
 This course is structured to give an insight to the students in the areas of maintaining
employee relations and the welfare provisions to be made available to them
 To give an insight to the students in the areas of maintaining employee relations and
the welfare provisions to be made available
 To adopt good techniques to have healthy industrial relations
Learning Outcomes :
 Understanding various importances of industrial relations in effective business
management.
 Understanding the legislation related to industrial relations.
 Understand various statutory provisions related with industrial relations and labour
welfare.
 Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the
industry
 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee
motivation and satisfaction.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS – An Overview 5
Definition, Objectives, Scope in the context of changing Socio-economic,
political and legal changes,Overview of Industrial Relations (IR),
Perspectives/Approaches to IR, Major stakeholders of IR , Evolution of IR in
India , Changing Dimensions of IR in India, Impact of globalization on IR, ILO
2 THE INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES ACT, 1947. 5
The Industrial Disputes Act 1947 – Definitions, Scope and objectives of the
Act,Machineries and Authorities under the Act-Conciliation, Adjudication and
Arbitration, Provisions relating to Lay off, Retrenchment, Closure, Strikes and
Lock outs. The authorities and their provisions, power and duties, references of
disputes to boards, courts or tribunals, conciliation, arbitration proceedings ,
unfair labour practices ,provisions related to voluntary arbitration, awards and
settlement, provision relating tostrikes, lockout, closures, lay-off,
retrenchments, offenses and penalties, Industrial Employment (standing orders)
Act 1946 - Definitions, procedure for certifications ofstanding orders,
provisions for model standing orders, nature of misconducts, domestic enquiry
3 TRADE UNION ACT,1926 5
Definitions, Registration of Trade union, rights of registered trade union,
privileges of office bearers of trade unions, outside leadership of trade unions,
dissolution, merger & amalgamation of trade unions, enforcement of the act.
Concepts, Functions, Objectives, Structure, Kinds of Trade Unions, Problems
of Trade Unions, Trade union movement in India, Trade Union
Act,1926,Applicability,Registration, Recognition of Trade union
4 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING 5
Collective Bargaining Meaning, process and theories of common, Perlman,
Hoxie, Tannenbaum Concept, Essential Pre requisites for collective bargaining,
Levels of Collective Bargaining Plant Level, Industry Level and National
Level, The collective Bargaining Process- Advantages and disadvantages of
collective bargaining, Collective Bargaining in India

Page 196
 5 Labour Welfare: Meaning, Theories of Labour Welfare, Welfare Provisions in 5
The Factory Act, 1948, Statutory and non statutory welfare facilities, Duties
and responsibilities of Labour Welfare Officer, The Role Of International
LabourOrganisation
6 THE CONTRACT LABOUR ACT 5
Standing Orders and Grievance Procedure Object and Evolution of Standing
Orders, Grievances and Procedure, Indiscipline/Misconduct,
Disciplinary Action, procedure for Punishment. The Industrial Employment
(Standing Orders) Act 1946.
Strikes and lockout Forms of Strikes, Wage for the period of strike, strike and
Punishment, Layoff retrenchment and closure, Strike and Punishment, Strike
and execution of good conduct

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book

Books
(Publisher)
2 – National Punekar ,Deokar ,Sankaran Labour Welfare ,Trade Unionism and
Industrial Relations
3 – National R.S.Dwivedi . Managing Human Resources Industrial
Relations in India
4 – International Mamoria Dynamics of Industrial Relations

5 – International Dr.Avtar Singh Introduction to Labour and Industrial Law

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.ilo.org/inform/online-information-resources/research-
guides/national-labour-law/lang--en/index.htm
2 https://guides.loc.gov/employment-and-labor-law/online-resources
3 https://guides.library.utoronto.ca/c.php?g=251198&p=1673409
4 https://labour.gov.in/
5 https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=157

MOOC:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.coursera.org
2 www.cefims.as.uk
2 https://alison.com/
2 swayam.gov.in

Page 197
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Cyber Security
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
• To study the types of threats.
• To explain various terminologies used in cyber attack.
• To understand difference malware, virus, hacking and cracking activities.
Learning Outcomes :
• To understand different encryption technique
• To understand Cryptography importance in computer forensics and cyber security
• To identify and avoid Cyber Crime.
• To study the defensive techniques against these attacks
Unit Contents Sessions
Unit No: 1 Cyber Security – What is Cyber security and Cyber Crimes, Cyber 05
Security Techniques, IT Act, Computer Ethics and Security Policies,
Guidelines to choose web browsers, Guidelines for setting up a Secure
password, Online Banking Security, Mobile Banking Security, Web
Application Security, Digital Infrastructure Security
Unit No: 2 Information Security- Threat to business continuity due to accidents 06
related to information systems, Cyber space, Information assets,
Vulnerabilities, Information security measures, Threats Unauthorized
intrusion, Unauthorized access, Eaves dropping, Spoofing, Alteration,
Cracking.
Unit No: 3 Cyber-attack Information leakage, DoS attack, Rumor, Flaming, SPAM 05
e-mail Computer virus, Macro virus, Worm, Bot (botnet, remote operated
virus), Trojan horse, Spyware, Ransomware, Keylogger, Rootkit,
Backdoor, Fake anti-virus software
Unit No: 4 Cryptography- Encryption, Decryption (decryption key), 04
Encoding/Decoding, Symmetric cryptography (common key),Public key
cryptography (public key, private key)),
Unit No: 5 Encryption Technique -AES (Advanced Encryption Standard), 06
S/MIME (Secure MIME), PGP (Pretty Good Privacy), Hybrid
encryption, Hash function (SHA-256, etc.), Disk encryption, File
encryption, Digital signature (signature key, verification key), Timestamp

Page 198
 (time authentication), Message authentication / MAC (Message
Authentication Code)
Unit No: 6 Social Engineering: What is Social Engineering and how it works, 04
Types of Social Engineering, How Cyber Criminal Works, How to
prevent for being a victim of Cyber Crime.

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
International Mark Stamp Information Security By
International Mark Stamp Information Security:
Principles and Practice
International Jason Andress Foundations of Information
Security: A
Straightforward
Introduction
National Nina Godbole,
Sunit Belapure Cyber Security

National Fundamentals of Cyber BPB

Bhushan Security Publications
Mayank

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resource
s No
1 https://www.coursera.org
2 https://www.simplilearn.com/cyber-security
3 https://mrcet.com/pdf/Lab%20Manuals/IT/CYBER%20SECURITY%20(R18A05
21).pdf

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 Please refer these websites for MOOCS:
NPTEL / Swayam
2 www. edx.com
3 www.coursera.com

Page 199
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Financial Planning and Instruments
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
CourseObjectives:
 To explain the basic concept and process of Financial Planning
 To acquaint the students with basic conceptsof investment, concept of risk and return
related to investment.
 To enlighten the concept of various Financial Products.
 To explain the concept and applications of fundamental analysis and technical analysis.
 To clarify how to construct the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of
life cycles and different situations.
 To explain the calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
LearningOutcomes:
 Understand the importance and process of Financial Planning
 Understand the risk and return relationship and various Financial Products available in
India.
 Comprehend the concept of Mutual Funds, Insurance and derivatives and its importance.
 Understand how to use fundamental analysis and technical analysis.
 Create a policy statement to showcase the objectives and risk tolerances of numerous
categories of individual and institutional investors which can help in making Investment
plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles and different situations.
 Evaluate the effect of risk on investment decisions. Students will able to calculate the risk
and return for securities and for portfolios.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Financial Planning-Meaning, Objectives, Characteristics 4
of sound Financial Planning , Steps /Process involved preparation of sound
Financial Plan, Factors affecting financial planning ,Types of
Financial Planning
2 Introduction to Investment- Meaning and objectives of Investment,Process 6
of Investment, Concepts of risk and return with reference to Investment ,Time
Value of Money, Behavioral Finance
3 Financial Products/Investment Avenues-Concept, Features and 6
Limitations of Equity Shares, Bonds, real estate, PPF, Commodities
Concept, Features, Types and Limitations of Banking Products, Mutual
Fund, Derivatives, and Insurance, Concept of Digital Currency
4 Financial Products Analysis- Fundamental Analysis - Economic, Industry 6
and Company Analysis, Concept, Importance and Limitations of Technical
Analysis, Parameters for Analysis of Mutual Fund Schemes, Concept and
importance of Tax Planning
5 Portfolio Management-Portfolio Meaning, Concept, Objectives and 4
importance of Portfolio Management , Process of Portfolio Management,
preparation of Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life
cycles and different situations
6 Calculation for risk and return for Security/Portfolio-Problems on 4
calculation of risk and return for security (mean, variance, and standard
deviation), Problems on risk and return associated with portfolio consisting
maximum three securities (mean, variance, and standard deviation)

Page 200
 ReferenceBooks:
Sr. Titleof the Book Name of Author YearAddit Publisher
No. ion Company
1 Prasanna Chandra Investment Analysis and 2012, 4th Tata McGraw
Portfolio Management Edition Hill, New Delhi

2 I M Pandey Financial Management 2010, , 10th Vikas Publishing

revised House
Edition
3 Bhalla, V.K. Investment Management: 2010,17th S.Chand& Sons,
Security Analysis and Edition.
Portfolio Management
4 Frank K. Reilly, Keith C Investment Analysis and 2012, 10th Cengage
Brown Portfolio Management Edition Learning

5 E. Fischer Donald , J. Jordan 2018,7th Pearson

Ronald , K. Pradhan Security Analysis Portfolio edition. Education,
Ashwini
6 Fischer. and Jordon Security Analysis and 2009 , 6th Pearson
Investment Management - Edition Education

OnlineResources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.moneycontrol.com
2 https://www.nseindia.com
3 https://www.sebi.gov.in
4 https://www.rbi.org.in
5 https://www.investopedia.com
MOOC:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in
2 https://www.edx.org
2 https://alison.com/certificate-courses

Page 201
 SEMESTER IV
SPECIALIZATIONS

Page 202
 Elective - Marketing Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV MK03 Sales and Distribution Management &B2B
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the Importance of Sales Management.
 To know the Emerging Trends in Sales Management.
 To learn the Sales Planning and Budgeting.
 To know Sales Territories and Quotas.
 To study Controlling of Sales force Performance.
 To learn Logistics and Supply Chain Management.

Learning Outcomes:
 To know the Role and Skills of Modern Sales Managers.
 To set Sales Objectives and design the Sales Strategies.
 To learn the various Methods of Sales Forecasting.
 To know the procedure of preparing Sales Budget.
 To learn the process for designing Sales Territories.
 To learn the methods of setting Sales Quota.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Sales Management: 5
Nature and Importance of Sales Management, Role and Skills of Modern Sales
Managers, Personal Selling Objectives, Sales Process/ Personal Selling
Process, Sales/ Personal Selling Strategies, Emerging Trends in Sales
Management.
2 Sales Planning and Budgeting: 6
Sales Planning Process, Developing SalesForecast, Types of Sales Forecasts.
Sales Forecasting Methods, Sales Budget, Purpose of Sales Budget, Methods
used for Deciding Sales Expenditure Budget, Sales Budgeting Process.
3 Sales Territories and Quotas: 6
Reasons for Setting or Reviewing Sales Territories, Procedure for Designing
Sales Territories, Use of IT in Sales Territory Management, Territorial
Coverage, Sales Quotas or Sales Targets, Objectives of Sales Quotas, Types
ofSalesQuotas, Methods for Setting Sales Quotas.
4 Sales Organization and Salesforce: 6
Sales Organization and its types,Specializationin Sales Organization, Staffing
the Salesforce, Sales Training Process, Compensating the
Salesforce,Motivating and Leading the Salesforce,Evaluating and Controlling
the Performance of the Salesforce, Sales Analysis and Sales Audit,Ethical and
Social Responsibilities of Sales Personnel.
5 Distribution Management: 9
Need for Distribution Channels,Different Types of Distribution Channels,
Factors influencingthe Channel selection. Channel Conflict, Ways of
Managing the Channel Conflict.
Retailing:Meaning of Retailing, Retailer as a Salesman, Types of Retailers,
Role of Retailer, Retailing in Rural India, E-Retailing.
Wholesaling: Meaning of Wholesaler, Functions of Wholesalers,
TypesofWholesalers, Key Tasks of Wholesalers.

Page 203
 6 Logistics and Supply Chain Management: 4
Meaning of Logistics,Activities of Logistics, Meaning of Supply Chain
Management, Factors influencing theSupply Chain, Difference between
Logistics and Supply Chain Management.

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1– National K. ShridharBhat Sales and 1st Himalaya
Distribution Edition Publishing
Management 2017 House.

2 – National Dr. S.L.Gupta Sales and 3rd Trinity Press

Distribution Edition
Management 2018
Text & Cases
An Indian
Perspective
3 – National Satish S. Uplaonkar Sales and 1st Book Enclave.
Distribution Edition
Management 2019

4 – International Tapan K. Panda & Sunil Sales and 2nd Oxford

Sahadev Distribution Edition University
Management 2012 Press.

5 – International Krishna Sales and 3rd McGraw Hill

Havaldar&VasantCavale Distribution Edition Education
Management 2017
Text & Cases
6– International Richard Still, Sales and 6th Pearson.
Edward Cundiff, Distribution Edition
Norman Govoni& Management 2017
Sandeep Puri

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No.
1 www.marketing91.com › sales-management
2 www.researchgate.net › journal › 0885-3134_Journal
3 www.iaset.us › index.php › international-journal-of-sal.
4 https://academic-accelerator.com/Impact-factor-if › Journal
5 www.tandfonline.com › loi › rpss20

Page 204
MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No.
1 www.mooc-list.com › tags › sales-management
2 https://alison.com › Business › Sales Courses
3 https://alison.com/course/diploma-in-sales-management
4 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-sales-management
5 www.edx.org › learn › sales

Page 205
 Elective - Marketing Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV MK04 Integrated Marketing Communications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To provide an in-depth understanding of integrated marketing communications concepts
 To understand the importance of integrated marketing communication strategies in the
contemporary market
Learning Outcomes:

 Apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in integrated marketing communications.
 Choose a marketing communications mix to achieve the communications and behavioural
objectives of the IMC campaign.
 Structure an integrated marketing communications campaign based on the application of
marketing concepts, principles, and practices within an organization.
 Measure and critically evaluate the communications effects and results of an IMC campaign
to determine its success.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC): Concept, 8

Components of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) - Above the
Line (ATL), Below the line (BTL) and Through The line (TTL) promotion -
Push and Pull strategy. Segmenting Markets, IMC Promotional Methods
(Market Environment- Internal and External)
2 Advertising and Social Media - Meaning, Functions & Types of 11
Advertising- Commercial advertising, corporate advertising, surrogate
advertising, social advertising, Ad appeals – rational, emotional – positive
emotional, negative emotional appeal, humor, musical etc. Objections on
Advertising. ASCII guidelines for the advertisers and celebrity endorsers. E-
Commerce and digital media, Mobile advertising, Advertising Laws and
Ethics, Intellectual Property Rights, ASCI ( The Advertising Standards
Council of India)

3 Media Management: Introduction to Media mix, Media planning and 8

selection decisions- steps involved and information needed for media
planning. Types of media- Print, broadcast – Television and Radio, Outdoor,
Transit, Social Media- Facebook , Instagram, Twitter etc. Media mix
planning and scheduling.
4 Sales Promotion- Objectives of sales promotion, Trade promotion - 4
Consumer promotion- coupons,
Premiums, contests, Sweepstakes, refund and Rebate, Sampling.
Event Sponsorships, Planning and developing marketing communication
(MarCom) Measuring the effectiveness of all Promotional tools and IMC

Page 206
 5 Public relation(PR)- Types of PR- Publicity -Corporate Reputation, image 7
building, crisis management,
Event Sponsorship, word of mouth (WOM) Marketing,
Direct Marketing. SWOT of Public Relations, Communication in
contemporary era: Online & Mobile media
6 Understanding Communication Process- Source, Message and channel 7
factors, Communication response hierarchy- AIDA model, Hierarchy ofeffect
model, ELM model.

Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) Promotional Tools: Product

placement and Branding in films, Product placement on television, Film
Based Merchandising, Sponsorships for Reality Shows & TV serials, Ambush
marketing.

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1) –National Chunawalla & Foundations of 2008 Himalaya
Sethia Advertising Publications
2) International Sandra Moriarty, Advertising & 2019 Pearson
Nancy Mitchell, IMC 2019 College Div,
William D. Wells 11th edition

Online Resources:

Online Resources No. Web site address

1 Swayam.gov.in , Nptel.ac.in
2 https://www.barcindia.co.in/
MOOCs:

Resources No. Web site address

1 www.Swayam.org
2 www.Coursera.com

Page 207
 Elective - Financial Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV FM03 Corporate Finance
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To orient the students regarding application of Corporate Finance
 To orient the students to understand basic concepts of Financial Planning and Liquidity
Management
 To orient the students to understand the concept of Corporate Restructuring & forms of
Business combination
 To orient the concept of International Business Combination Forms and structure.

Learning Outcomes :
 To acquire the concept of Corporate Finance and Financial decision in terms of Planning
and Liquidity Management
 To gain the knowledge of Business combination structure and various forms of corporate
restructuring in Indian and International Context
 Students can able to apply common frameworks and tools related to mergers and
acquisitions.
 To acquire the knowledge of Restructuring decision while working for M&A process in
organization with the help on various interaction of Cases in the Indian and International
contexts.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Corporate Finance 5
Meaning, Nature and Scope of Corporate Finance, Changing role of
Corporate Finance in global economic environment, Corporate Governance.
2 Financial Planning 6
Meaning, Objectives, Characteristics of sound Financial Planning , Steps
/Process involved preparation of sound Financial Plan, Factors affecting
financial planning,
Capitalization: Meaning, Over-Capitalization and Under capitalization-
Meaning, Causes and Remedial Measures.
3 Valuation of Bonds and Shares : 7
Basic Valuation Model, Valuation of Bonds/Debentures, Valuation of
Preference Shares, Valuation of Ordinary Shares, Relationship Among
Financial Decisions, Return, Risk and Share Values.

4 Corporate Restructuring 12
Meaning , different forms , Motives and applications of corporate
restructuring, forms of restructuring
Joint venture – sell off and spin off , divestitures, meaning of LBO, MBO,
governance and mode of Purchased in LBO, Key motives behind MBO,
Structure of MBO.
Demerger- Meaning of Demerger, Characteristics of demerger, Structure of
Demerger, and Tax implication of demergers.
5 Mergers and Acquisition: 12
Meaning ,Types of Mergers, motives behind the M & A, advantages and
disadvantages of M & A, Process of merger integration,

Page 208
 Methods of financing mergers, calculation and Significance of P/E Ratios
and EPS Analysis , Market Capitalization, Analysis of Mergers &
Acquisitions.
The Legal and Regulatory framework of Mergers and Acquisition Company
Act 1956 & 2013.
Accounting for Mergers & Acquisitions
Accounting methods for Mergers & Acquisition - Purchase Method and
Pooling of Interest Method, Tax aspects on Mergers and Acquisitions.
Prominent Cases of Mergers and Acquisitions - examples of M & A in the
Indian and International contexts.
6 International M & A –Introduction of international M & A activity, the 8
opportunities and threats, role of M & A in international trade growth.
Impact of government policies and political and economic stability on
international M&A decisions, recommendation for effective cross-border
M & A.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 I.M. Pandey Financial Management 2015 Vikas Publishing
House Pvt
Limited
2 R.P. Rustagi, Financial Management - January Taxmann‘s
Galgotia Theory, Concepts and 2018
Problems
3 Richard A. Brealey Principles of Corporate 2007 Tata McGraw-
Finance Hill Education
4 Kamal Ghose Ray Mergers, Acquisitions, 2010 Kindle Edition
Strategy and Integration
5 Prasad Godbole Mergers, Acquisitions January Vikas
and Corporate 2013 Publication
Restructuring
6 A.P.Dash Mergers & Acquisitions Feb-2020 Dreamtech
press-Wiley
7 William R Snow Mergers & Acquisitions 2008 John
for Dummies –A willey Willey&sons Inc
brand
8 M. Y. Khan & P. K. Financial Management 2010 Tata McGraw-
Jain

Page 209
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/- Mergers and Acquisitions: A
Step‐ by‐ Step Legal and Practical Guide, Second Edition
2
https://www.ebooks.com/
Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring
3 https://www.questia.com/library/economics-and-
business/business/corporations/corporate-mergers-acquisitions

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 http://ugcmoocs.inflibnet.ac.in
2 https://nptel.ac.in
3 https://swayam.gov.in
4 https://coursera.

Page 210
 Elective - Financial Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV FM04 International Financial Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance.
 To study the International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System.
 To analyze the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets, determination of
exchange rates and study the techniques of Foreign Exchange Risk Management.
 The course also aims to provide students with a thorough understanding of international
investment, taxation and financing decisions.
 To gain the conceptual clarity of the theoretical aspects of international trade and finance.
 To identify the processes, risks and instruments used in the financing of international trade.
Learning Outcomes :
 Gain understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance.
 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System.
 Analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and develop
the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk.
 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation.
 Knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement.
 Familiarize with the mechanism of International Trade Finance.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: 6
Overview, Scope and Objective of International Finance. Distinction between
Domestic Finance and International Finance. Importance and Challenges of
International Financial Management.
Foreign Direct Investment: Concept, Cost and Benefits of Foreign Direct
Investment, Concept of International Portfolio Management.
2 International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System: 7
Concept, principles and components of Balance of Payments.
International Monetary System:
Evolution, Gold Standard, Bretton Woods System, The Flexible Exchange
Rate regime, The Current Exchange Rate arrangement.
3 Foreign Exchange Market and Foreign Exchange Risk Management: 11
Functions and structure of Foreign Exchange Market. Major participants.
Types of transactions. Foreign Exchange Exposure. Various tools and
techniques of Foreign Exchange Risk Management.
Foreign Exchange Rate Determination:
An overview, Factors influencing Exchange Rates, Foreign Exchange
Quotations, International Arbitrage, Interest Rates Parity, Purchasing Power
Parity, Relationship between Inflation, Interest Rates and Exchange Rates.
4 International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation: 10
Introduction of international capital budgeting, adjusted present value model,
capital budgeting from parent firm‘s perspective and expecting the future
expected exchange rate analysis.
International tax system, double taxation, double taxation avoidance
agreement (DTAA), tax havens and transfer pricing.

Page 211
 5 International Trade Settlement: 7
Concept, objectives and importance of International Trade, Risks involved in
International Trade, Factors influencing International Trade, Settlement
methods of International Trade viz. Open Account, Advance Payment,
Documentary Credit, Documentary Collection, Consignment Trading.
6 International Trade Finance: 7
Pre shipment finance, Post shipment finance, Supplier‘s credit, Buyer‘s credit,
Factoring, Forfeiting, Offshore banking documentary credit mechanism, Steps
involved in Letter of Credit (L.C.) mechanism along with role played by the
parties to L.C.
Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National P.G.Apte. International Financial 2014 Tata Mcgraw
Management Hill
2 – National VyuptakeshShar International Financial 2012 Prentice Hall
an Management of India Pvt
Ltd
3 – National MadhuVij International Financial 2006 Excel Books
Management
4 – International Eiteman David, Multinational Business 2017 Pearson
I. Stonehill Finance
Arthur, et al.
5 – International Alan C. Shaprio International Financial 2016 Wiley
Management
6 – International Cheol S. Eun, International Financial 2017 Tata
Bruce G. Management McGraw-Hill
Resnick

Online Resources:

Online Resources Web site address

No
1 https://www.investopedia.com/
2 www.icmai.in
3 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
4 www.youtube.com
5 https://www.freebookcentre.net/

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/global-financial-markets-instruments
2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/global-challenges-business
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105057/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105031/

Page 212
 Elective: Human Resource Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR(E)03 Negotiation and Counselling
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the role of manager as counsellor
 Comparing the techniques of counseling
 Appraise the ethical, cultural and gender issues in counseling
 Understanding the process for negotiation
 Comprehending the role of HR manager in negotiation
 Improving and applying the negotiation skills

Learning Outcomes :
 Describe the role of counsellor
 Applying the techniques of counseling
 Identify the ethical, cultural and gender issues in counseling
 Planning the negotiation meeting
 Developing the negotiation skills
 Assess the role of HR manager as negotiator

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Managers as Counsellors–Specific Role of HR managers in counselling– 8
The Helping Relationship and the Helping Process– Helpers and Clients as
diverse persons- Types of Counselling- Need for Counselling
2 Development of Counselling Skill–Internal Frame of Reference–Attention 8
and Interest–Managing resistance and making referrals–Active listening–
Problem-solving–Coaching, demonstrating and rehearsing
3 Important issues in managerial counseling–Multi-cultural and gender 9
issues–Ethical issues– Specific counselling issues for HR managers
4 Significance of Negotiation skills for Managers– interpersonal skills– 8
Understanding the Imperatives for negotiation– basic theoretical
principles– Planning for effective negotiations– Negotiation Process
5 Negotiating integrative agreements—HR Manager as Negotiator – 7
Background to Negotiation– Development of Negotiation Skill—Phases of
Negotiation and the Role of HR Managers–Skills and Requirements of
Negotiation
6 Current trends, issues and practices in Negotiation in Asian, European and 5
American industries .

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 – National Richard Basic Counselling 2015 Sage
Nelson-Jones Skills: A Helper's Publications
Manual Pvt. Ltd.
2 – National K. Singh Counselling Skills fo r 2015 Prentice-
Managers Hall
3 – International Michael L Negotiation 2002 Regis
Page 213
 Spangle, Communication for University
Myra Warren Diverse Settings
Isenhart
4 – International Stephen Handbook of 1997 Psychology
Palmer, Counselling Press
Gladeana
McMahon

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.knowledgehut.com/tutorials/project-management/negotiation-
skills
2 https://www.pon.harvard.edu/daily/negotiation-skills-daily/top-10-negotiation-
skills/
3 https://www.prweb.com/releases/2006/01/prweb329478.htm
4 https://www.academia.edu/24964222/New_Free_Download_Counseling_Skill
s_Resources_download_and_share_
5 https://www.pdfdrive.com/counseling-books.html

MOOCs:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Page 214
 Elective: Human Resource Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR(E)04 HR Audit
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understanding the concept and process of HR audit
 To study the performance of human resource department
 To study the gap, shortcomings in implementations of policy ,procedures
 To Implementation of HR audit for development & legal compliance

Learning Outcomes :
 Understanding concept and process of HR audit
 Implementation of HR Audit to identify gap shortcomings in implementations of
policy, procedures.
 Implementation of HR audit for development & legal compliance

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Conceptual Understanding of Human Resource Audit: Introduction, what 5
is Human Resource Audit? Need for Human Resource Audit, Identifying the
Human Resource Audit Goal, Defining the Audit Team, Approaches to
Human Resource Audit, and Benefits of Human Resource Audit;
Components of Human Resource Development Audit,
HR Audit Methodology and Issues: Introduction, Conducting a Human
Resource Audit, Preliminary Steps, Goals of the Audit, Areas of the Audit,
Issues in HR Audit
2 The HR Audit Process: 5
Introduction, Audit of Human Resource Function, Planning Questions,
Collecting Data, Analyzing the Audit Data, Interpretation: Assessing the
Ability for Change, Post Audit Steps
Human Resources Audit Structure: Introduction, Recruiting, Staffing,
Employee Orientation Programmes, Employee and Supervisory Training,
Benefit Administration;
3 Areas for HR Audit: Introduction, Audit of HR Planning , Audit of HR 5
Development, Audit of Training, Audit of Industrial Relations, Audit of
Managerial Compliance , Audit of HR Climate , Audit of Corporate
Strategies; Audit of HRD strategies.
HR Audit and Workforce Issues: Introduction, Workforce Communication
and Employee Relations, Performance Management, Compensation System,
Teambuilding System.
4 Audit and HR Scorecard: Introduction, How to Approach a Human 5
Resource Scorecard, Understanding the Reason for Implementing the Human
Resource Scorecard, Understanding Business Context of Human Resource,
Maintaining Human Resource Scorecard Framework, Measuring Human
Resource Effectiveness – Human Resource Scorecard Design, Balanced
Scorecard;
Audit and Competency

Page 215
 Management: Introduction, Competency Management – Introduction,
Competency Management Framework, Design and implementation,
Competency Mapping, Integration of Competency Based HR systems
5 The HR Audit for Legal Compliance and Safe Business Practices: 5
Introduction, what does the Human Resource Audit Cover? Pre-employment
Requirements, Hiring Process, New-hire Orientation Process, Workplace
Policies and Practices;
HR Audit as Intervention: Introduction, Effectiveness of Human Resource
Development Audit as an Intervention, Human Resource Audit and Business
Linkages
6 Human Resource Auditing as a Tool of Human Resource Valuation: 5
Introduction, Rationale of Human Resource Valuation and Auditing,
Valuation of Human Resources, Issues in Human Capital Measurement and
Reporting; HRD Audit –The Indian Experience and case studies:
Introduction, Prevalence of HR Audit, HR Audit Case-Manufacturing
Industry, HR Audit Case-Service Industry;
HR Audit
Questionnaire: Introduction, Areas to be Concentrated, A Comprehensive
Coverage of the Entire Human Resource Practices, A Sample Internal Human
Resource Audit Questionnaire

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book

Books
(Publisher)
1 – National P. Subba Rao. Personnel & Human Resource Management
2 – National T.V.Rao Human Resource and Audit
3 – National T.V.Rao&UdaiPareek Human Resource System
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/tools-and-
samples/toolkits/pages/humanresourceaudits.aspx
2 https://blog.vantagecircle.com/hr-audit/
3 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/human-resource-development/human-resource-
hr-audit-meaning-features-objectives-and-approaches/60236

4 https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/human-resource-management-
2/human-resource-audit/human-resource-hr-audit-meaning-objectives-scope-
process-and-advantages/19468
5 https://www.smarthrinc.com/services/hr-audit-compliance/

Page 216
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/human-resource-management
2 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/human-resources

Page 217
 Elective:International Business Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IB03 International Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Subject / Course Objectives :
 Apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international
perspective.
 Compare the value of developing global awareness vs. a local perspective in marketing.
 Evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international
trade.
 Distinguish the advantages and disadvantages Canadian products and services possess in
international marketing in both emerging markets and mature markets.
Learning Outcomes :
 Explain the impact of global and regional influences on products and services for
consumers and businesses.
 Apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,
place, and promotion).
 Develop creative international market entry strategies.
 Understand the importance of the Internet for global business.
 Explain the differences in negotiating with marketing partners from different countries
and the implications for the marketing strategies (4Ps).
Unit Contents Sessions
1 International Marketing- Concept, Importance, International Marketing 10
Research and Information System,
2 Market Analysis and Foreign Market Entry Strategies, Future of International 10
Marketing, India‘s Presence in International Marketing
3 Internationalization of Retailing and Evolution of International Retailing, 10
Motives of International Retailing, International Retail Environment – Socio-
Cultural, Economic, Political, Legal, Technological
4 Selection of Retail Market, Study and Analysis of Retailing in Global 10
Setting, Methods of International Retailing, Forms of Entry-Joint Ventures,
Franchising, Acquisition
5 Competing in Foreign Market, Multi-country competition and Global 10
Competition, Competitive Advantages in Foreign Market, Cross Market
subsidization, Retail Structure, Global Structure.
6 Digital Revolution, Strategy and Leadership in International Marketing • 10
Global E-commerce • Value Networks and Disruptive Technologies in the
context of International Marketing • The Digital Revolution: New Products
and Services • Global Competition and National Competitive Advantage •
Leadership and Organisation for International Marketing • Ethics, Corporate
Social Responsibility and Social Responsiveness in the context of International
Marketing

Page 218
Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Swapana Pradhan- Retailing
Management
2 – National A. J. Lamba- The Art of Retailing
4 – International Dravid Gilbert Retail Marketing
5 – International . George H, Lucas Jr., Robert Retailing
P. Bush, Larry G Greshan-
6 – International Barry Berman, Joel R Evans- A Strategic
Retail Management Approach

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://gacbe.ac.in/pdf/ematerial/18BIB52C-U1.pdf
2 http://centre.uek.krakow.pl/CENTRUMPSiM/wp-
content/uploads/2017/10/Horska_et_al_2014_mini.pdf

MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Page 219
 Elective:International Business Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IB04 Global Business Strategies
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Knowledge: Basic and broad knowledge in international business environment, strategies
and management. Ability to apply concepts, principles and theories to simple business
situations.
 Global Perspective: Awareness of the different thinking and viewpoints of diverse
cultures.
 Awareness of the global business environment and its impacts on businesses.
 Practical Application: Use of excel tools in real world scenarios.
Learning Outcomes :
 Explain the concepts in international business with respect to foreign trade/international
business
 Apply the current business phenomenon and to evaluate the global business environment
in terms of economic, social and legal aspects
 Analyse the principle of international business and strategies adopted by firms to expand
globally
 . Integrate concept in international business concepts with functioning of global trade

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Export – Import – Strategies, Third Party Intermediaries, Cause of Ethical 6
dilemma ‗Is demand always Export‘ Technology impact on Export Strategy
2 Global Manufacturing Strategies, Global Supply Chain Management, 5
Ethical Dilemma –supplier relations approach that yields best result
3 Control Strategies – Introduction, Planning, Organizational Structure, 8
Location of Decision making, Control in process of Internationalization,
Control Strategy Mechanisms Corporate Culture & Co-ordinating Methods,
Control in special situations Acquisitions, Shared ownership
4 Role of legal structure in Control Strategies – Control or No control 5
Constant Balancing Act
5 Collaborative Strategies – Motives for collaborative arrangements, 8
Considerations in collaborative arrangements, Licensing/ Franchising /
Contracts/ Joint Ventures/ Equity Alliances
6 Problems of Collaborative Arrangements, Collaborative Importance, 8
Differing Objectives, Control Problems, Cultural Difference, Compatible
Partners, Steps to know how Innovation breeds collaboration

Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company

1 – National T.K Das & A resource Based Journal of

Bing- Sheng theory of Strategic management 26,
Teng Alliance no.1 [2000:31- 61]

Page 220
2 – National Jeffery Reur Collaborative The logic of
Strategy J Alliances –
Financial Times
Oct- 4 1999- Page
12-13 3.
3 – National Chakrawarthy Strategic Planning
B and for Global
Permutter H Business
(1995)
4 – International M Porter Competitive )New York Free
(1990) Advantage of Press
Nation
5 – International Engelwood The Strategy M J Prentice Hall
Cliffs, Process
6 – International The Dynamics of Strategy London –
International International
Strategy Thompson Press

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.global-strategy.net/what-is-global-strategy/
2 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322789850_Internatio
nal_Business_Strategy
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Status of syllabus revision No Change

Faculty allocated Dr. Vrushali Kadam IMED.Pune
Dr. H.G.Abhyankar Invitee , Pune

Page 221
 Elective:Production & Operations Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PM03 Logistics & Supply Chain Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To gain the in depth knowledge, and importance of the subject of Supply Chain
Management (SCM).
 To acquire the working knowledge.
 To understand the JIT and SCM concepts and applicability to industrial examples.
 To know the concept of 5R in achieving Customer satisfaction/ delight.
Learning Outcomes :
 Develop a sound understanding of the important role of supply chain management in
 Today‘s business environment.
 Become familiar with current supply chain management trends.
 Learn logistics concepts and basic activities.
 Know the types of transportation systems.
 Know the third, fourth party logistics.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Logistics and SCM: Meaning, objectives, importance of 10
various terms and concepts of SCM in relation to competitive global
business. EOQ models, Customer Relationship Management and Supply
Chain
2 Planning and SCM: Planning Demand & Supply chain, types of distribution 10
network, concept of 5R in achieving Customer satisfaction/ delight. Role of
agent, Distributor, Ware house, Retailer, and various types of distribution
level.
3 Materials Management and Logistics: Meaning of logistics in reference to 10
materials management, broader sense including transport selection, long
term contracts for information flow & material flow to reach the supply with
5R.Sourcing and pricing of logistics.
4 Transportation Systems: Types of transportation systems & their merits/ 10
demerits, , selection of suitable type, complexities in trans shipment, and
exporting the goods, role of forwarding and clearing agents and
documentation requirements
5 Integration of Logistics functions: Developments in outsourcing of 10
Logistics-stores functions-bar coding, layout, material handling, and suitable
equipments for it, overall integration of various functions of material
management, stores, procurement, distribution network tuned to information
flow from customers to get the effectiveness .
6 Current Trends in Logistics and SCM: Current developments/ practices- 10
MRP, MRPII. 3PL,4PL, use of IT.

Page 222
Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Year Publisher Company

Books Author Book Edition
(Publisher)
1 – National Satish C. Logistics 2005 Prentice-Hall Of India
Ailawadi&Rakes Management Pvt. Limited
h Singh
2 – National D K Agrawal Logistics and 2003 Macmillan Publishers
Supply Chain India Limited,
Management
3 – National Janat Shah Supply Chain 2009 Pearson Education
Management-
Text and Cases
4 – International Douglas Long International 2003 Springer US
Logistics: Global
Supply Chain
Management
5 – International Donald J. Logistical 1996 McGraw-Hill Companies
Bowersox& Management
David J. Closs
6 – International Donald Waters Logistics- An 2003 Palgrave Macmillan
Introduction to
Supply Chain
Management

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 www.poms.org
2 www.searchmanufacturingerp.techtarget.com
3 www.inderscience.com
4 www.logisticsmgmt.com
5 www.ionlogistics.eu
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 223
 Elective:Production & Operations Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PM04 World Class Manufacturing Practices
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To gain in depth knowledge of World Class Manufacturing(WCM) systems in
globally Leading Manufacturers.
 To gain concept of Strategic Decisions for business, JIT, Total Employee
involvement.
 To get acquainted with the use of IT, ERP and MRP systems

Learning Outcomes :
 Demonstrate the relevance and basics of World Class Manufacturing.
 Understand the concepts of Business excellence, competitiveness and customization of
product for manufacturing.
 Implementation of new technology concepts of world class manufacturing, dynamics
of material flow, and Lean manufacturing.
 Understand recent trends in manufacturing to meet the current and future business
challenges.
 Compare the existing industries with WCM industries.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to World Class Manufacturing (WCM): World Class 10
manufacturing; Concept, Imperatives for success – Technology, systems
approach and change in the mindset
2 Planning for Manufacturing System: Strategic decisions in manufacturing 10
management; choice of technology; capacity; Layout; Aggregate Planning
and Master production scheduling.
3 Materials Planning: Resources planning - Materials Requirement planning 10
(MRP). Manufacturing Resources planning (MRP-II) Enterprise Resources
Planning (ERP).
4 Just in Time (JIT): Just-In-Time (JIT) - Concept, Advantages, Techniques 10
of JIT, JIT Layout, Kanban system, JIT Purchasing.
5 World Class Manufacturing development Tools: Total employee 10
Involvement and small group activities 5-S Concept, Total Productive
Maintenance, Automation in design and manufacturing, Automated Material
Handling equipment‘s, Product and Process Design Tools, Bar Code
Systems.
6 Recent Trends in World Class Manufacturing: Role of IT in World Class 10
Manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS), Group Technology,
Six Sigma.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Editio Company
(Publisher) n
1 – National B S Sahay K B C World-Class 2018 Infinity press

Page 224
 Saxena, Ashish Manufacturing- A
Kumar Strategic Perspective
2 – National L.C. Jhamb Production Operations 2014 Everest
Management publishing
House
3 – National S.A. Chunawalla, Production and Operations 2018 Himalaya
D.R. Patel Management Systems Publishing
House
4 – International Richard World Class 1986 Schonberger
J.Schonberger, Manufacturing & Associates
5 – International Carlo WCOM (World Class 2016 Springer
Baroncelli&NoelaB Operations Management) : International
allerio (eds.) Why You Need More Than Publishing
Lean
6 – International Devistsiotis Kostas Operations Management 1981 McGraw Hill
N,

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.wcm.fcagroup.com/
2 www.iso.org
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 www.coursera.org
2 www.edx.org
3 www.openlearning.com
4 www.alison.com

Page 225
 Elective:Information Technology Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IT03 RDBMS with Oracle
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand and learn how to work with an Oracle database.
 To understand the Structured Query Language and be able to use it in conjunction with
Oracle database.
 To understand Procedural Language SQL (PL/SQL) and be able to use it in conjunction
with an Oracle database.
Learning Outcomes :
At the end of this course, student should be able to:
 Simple Query using sample datasets
 Complex queries using SQL.
 Writing PL/SQL blocks
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to oracle RDBMS: 4
DBMS VS RDBMS, CODD‘s Rules, Introduction to Oracle: History,
Features, Versions of oracle, introduction to oracle RDBMS, Tools of Oracle:
SQL, SQL*Plus, SQL Form, SQL Reports.
2 SQL and Components of SQL 9
Defining a database in SQL, Components of SQL: DDL, DML, DCL, DQL,
SQL query Rules, Data types, Keywords, Delimiters, Literals. DDL
Commands – Defining a database in SQL, Creating table, changing table
definition, removing table. Truncating Table. DML Commands- Inserting,
updating, deleting data, DQL Commands: Select Statement with all options.
Renaming table, Describe Command, Distinct Clause, Sorting Data in a Table,
Creating table from a table, Inserting data from other table, Table alias,and
Column alias.
Data Constraints: Primary key, Foreign Key, NOT NULL, UNIQUE, CHECK
constraint
3 Operators, Functions and Joins 8
Arithmetic, Logical, Relational, Range Searching, Pattern Matching, IN &
NOT IN Predicate, all, % any, exists, not exists clauses, Set Operations: Union,
Union All, Minus, Intersect.
Relating data through join concept. Simple join, equi join, non equi join, Self
join, Outer join, Sub queries, Aggregate Functions , Numeric Functions, String
Functions, Conversion functions, Date conversion functions, Date
functions.
4 Database Objects 6
Index: Creating index, simple index, composite index, unique index, dropping
indexes, multiple indexes on table, using rowid to delete duplicate rows from
a table, Sequence: Creating sequence, altering sequence, dropping
sequence. Views: Defining, modifying, deleting views.
5 Introduction to PL/SQL programming 9
Introduction, Advantages, PL/SQL Block, PL/SQL Execution Environment,

Page 226
 PL/SQL Character set, Literals, Data types, Variables, Constants, Displaying
User Message on screen, Conditional Control in PL/SQL, Iterative Control
Structure: While Loop, For Loop, Goto Statement.
6 Advanced Programming Techniques of PL/SQL 9
Cursors: Introduction, Types of Cursors: Implicit Cursor, Explicit Cursors,
Parameterized cursors, Programs on cursors,
Triggers: Introduction, Use of triggers, Types of Triggers, Creating triggers,
Examples on Triggers
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National P.S.Deshpande SQL for oracle 9i 3rd Dreamtech
Edition Press

2 –International Ivan Bayross PL/SQL The 3rd BPB

Programming Edition Publication
Language of Oracle
3rd Revised Edition

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.w3schools.com/sql/
2 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql/index.htm
3 https://www.javatpoint.com/sql-tutorial
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/intro-sql
2 https://www.coursera.org/projects/introduction-to-relational-database-
and-sql
3 https://www.coursera.org/projects/intermediate-rdb-sql

Elective:Information Technology Management

Page 227
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IT04 Enterprise Business Applications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To enable knowledge about E-commerce
 To enable knowledge about types of business models in E-commerce
 To enable knowledge about security issues of e-commerce
 To enable knowledge about payment systems of e-commerce.
 To enable knowledge about various e-commerce applications.
 To enable knowledge about Mobile commerce
Learning Outcomes :
 Recognize the impact of Information and Communication technologies, especially of the
Internet in business operations.
 Recognize the fundamental principles of e‐ Business and e‐ Commerce
 Use tools and services of the internet in the development of a virtual e‐ commerce site
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction: Brief history of e-commerce, definitions of e-commerce, 10
technical components and their functions, e-commerce versus traditional
business, requirements of e-commerce. Advantages and disadvantages of e-
commerce, Value chain in e-commerce, current status of e-commerce in India.

2 Types of business models (B2B, B2C, C2B, C2C) with examples. EDI – 10
Requirement of EDI, types of EDI, advantages and disadvantages of EDI.
ISP, Types of ISP, Choosing an ISP, domain name, domain name types, how
to register domain name.
3 Security issues, privacy issues, basic computer security, secure transaction, 10
security threats, risk, security tools. Hacking, viruses, denial of service attacks,
malicious code, Intruders, attacking methods. Cryptography, types of
cryptography, symmetric and asymmetric cryptography. Firewall, types of
firewall, components of firewall. Digital signature, digital certificate, secure
electronic transactions, secure socket layer.
4 E-commerce Payment System Overview of Electronic payment technology, 10
limitations of the traditional payment system, requirements of e- payment
system. B2B Electronic Payments, Third-Party Payment Processing,Electronic
Payment Gateway Electronic or digital cash, properties of digital
cash, how it works. Online credit card Payment system, smart card.
5 E-Commerce Applications: E-Commerce and banking, e-commerce and 10
retailing, e-commerce and online publishing, online marketing, e-advertising,
e-branding.
6 Mobile Commerce: 10
Overview of M-Commerce - Wireless Application Protocol (WAP),
Generations of Mobile Wireless Technology, Components of Mobile
Commerce, Networking Standards for Mobiles, Examples of M-commerce,
Current Status of M-Commerce in India, M-commerce applications, Mobile
information Services, Mobile banking and trading.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Page 228
 Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Publisher
Company
1 – National Alexis neon ERP Demystified Mc Grawhill

2 – National V.K. Garg &N.K. Venkita ERP Ware: ERP

Krishnan Implementation
Framework
3 – National V.K. Garg &N.K. Venkita ERP Concepts &
Krishnan Planning

4 – International P.T.Joseph, E-Commerce A Prentice Hall of

Managerial India
Perspective
5 – International Kalakota and Whinston Frontiers of Pearson Education
Electronic

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 http://index-of.co.uk/IT/Wiley%20-
%20Enterprise%20Resource%20Planning.pdf
2 https://mrcet.com/downloads/digital_notes/ME/III%20year/ERP%20Com
plete%20Digital%20notes.pdf
3 https://www.analyticom.de/docs/erp/Booklet_EN_ERP.pdf

4 http://sim.edu.in/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/B.Com-CA-II-Semester.pdf

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_mg25/preview
2 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=e-commerce
3 https://www.udemy.com/courses/business/e-commerce
4 https://www.edx.org/learn/ecommerce
5 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/ecommerce

Page 229
 Elective:Agribusiness Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV AM03 Use of Information Technology in Agribusiness
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Gain a solid understanding of core concepts of ICT in agriculture, with a focus on
used cases and potential impact.
 Learn about digital tools enhancing on-farm productivity.
 Understand how to empower smallholder farmers through ICT/Digital Tools in
market access and financial services.
 Gain awareness of the forward-looking technologies and their scope in agriculture –
artificial intelligence, remote sensing, crowd sourcing, and big data analytics.

Learning Outcomes :
 Data analysis in Agribusiness
 ICT in Agriculture
 GIS and Remote Sensing application in Agriculture
 Monitoring and Evaluation in Agriculture

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction to Computers: Types of Computer systems, Basic Computer 10
operations, Networks: Internet, Intranet and Extranet Applications,
Functional units of Computers, Practical data processing application in
business, and Computer applications in various areas of business.
2 The Software: Software types, Systems Software, Classification of Operating 10
System, Application Software, Introduction to Programming Language,
Types of Programming Languages. Introduction to Microsoft
Office, working with MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power point, Data Base, Data
Base Management System
3 Internet, Security and E-Commerce: Introduction, History and Core features 10
of the Internet, Internet Applications, Internet and World Wide Web, Extranet
and E-mail, Mobile Computing, Electronic Commerce, Types of E-
Commerce and their utilities
4 Management Information Systems: Introduction to MIS, Principles of MIS, 10
Characteristics, functions, structure & Classification of MIS, information for
decisions; strategic importance of MIS, MIS in Manufacturing, Marketing,
Finance Human Resource Management, Materials & Project Management;
ERP: CRM
5 Managing Knowledge: Introduction to Knowledge Management, 10
Organizational Learning and Memory, knowledge management activities,
Approaches to Knowledge management, Information Technology in
Knowledge Management, knowledge Management Systems
implementation, Roles of people in knowledge management, Managerial
Issues in Knowledge Management.
6 Corporate Performance Management and Business Intelligence: A 10
framework of Business Intelligence: Concepts and Benefits, Business
Analytics: Online analytical processing reporting and querying, Data Text
Web mining and Predictive Analytics, Data Visualization, Geographical

Page 230
 Information Systems and virtual reality, Real time business intelligence and
competitive Intelligence, Business Performance Management Scorecards
and Dashboards.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Titleof the Book Year Publisher Company

Author Addition
1 – National Turban, Information John Wiley & Son
McLean, technology for
Wetherbe Management,
2 – National S. Computer Application Himalaya Publishing
Sudalaimuthu, in Business House
S.Anthony
3 – National Jaiswal& . Management 5Oxford University Press
Mittal, Information Systems,
(2010),
4-International . O‗Brien, Management
J.A. (2004 Information Systems:
Managing IT in the (6th edition) Prentice Hall
5- International . Lucas, H. C. 4Information New Delhi: TMH
Jr. (2004). Technology For
Management. (7th ed

Online Resources:

Online Website address

Resources No
1 http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=123663
2 https://knowledge4food.net/event/training-course-on-agribusiness-
development-and-management/
3 https://cgspace.cgiar.org/bitstream/handle/10568/90119/1931_PDF.pdf
4 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_and_communications_technology_in
_agriculture
5 http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=123663

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 231
 Elective:Agribusiness Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV AM04 Cooperatives Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 The objective of the course is to provide the conceptual and practical understanding
of cooperative management.
 The course will be helpful to provide the knowledge of functions, rules & regulations
and the benefits of the cooperative management

Learning Outcomes :
 Communicate Concept and Characteristics of Cooperatives, •

 Explain Functional and Management aspects of Cooperatives •

 Organize a cooperative institution based upon grassroots level after analyzing market
condition

Unit Contents Sessions

1 History of cooperative management. Cooperation ideology-origin growth and 10
development Principles of Agriculture Cooperation. Raifeisen and schulze
concept of Agricultural Cooperatives Cooperation and other forms
of Enterprise Cooperative Management- Nature and Function.
Professionalized Management for Cooperatives
2 Theory and practice of Agricultural Cooperative credit system critical study 10
of organization and financial structure, operation and Management of selected
cooperative credit institutions-Central Cooperative Banks. State
Cooperative Banks. Land Dev. Banks and NABARD
3 Formation and Management in Agriculture Cooperative Socieites; Re- 10
organization of Agricultural Credit Societies, Multipurpose cooperative
Socieites; Large-Sized Cooperative Socieites, Service Cooperatives.
Cooperative farming in India
4 Cooperative Processing; Management of Cooperative Sugar Factories; Food 10
processing industries, Cooperative Agricultural marketing; Growth and
Development Problems and challenges. Cooperative Education and Training
Management in India; Role of State in the progress Indian Cooperative
Movement.
5 Dairy Cooperatives, Growth and Development, Problems, Measures to 10
overcome these problems
6 Indian Cooperatives in this era of Globalization Challenges and prospects 10
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Titleof the Book YearAddition Publisher

Author Company
1 B.S. Mathur Cooperation in India SahityaBhawan,
Agra
2 Kamat G.S. Cooperative Management, HPH

Page 232
 3 Bedi R.D. Theory, History and Practical of
Cooperation
4 Fay, C.R. Cooperation in India and Abroad
5 Raj Krutia Cooperative Farming some Critical
Reflection
6 Rais Ahmad Cooperative Development and Mittal Pub. House
Management Text and Cases,

Online Resources:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 http://unaab.edu.ng/wp-
content/uploads/2009/12/451_AEM%20511.pdf
2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cooperative_learning

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 233
 Elective:Retail Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV R03 Merchandising , Display & Advertising
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing, expectations of
customers and to study the importance of retailing in present business scenario.
 Present and coordinate merchandise so that related goods are shown in a unique,
desirable, and saleable manner.
 Use both written and oral English that emphasizes good organization, clarity, correct
grammar which is appropriate for communication purposes in the business environment.
 Understand the fundamentals of basic financial problems, and use good reason in
financial decision making.

Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the basic functions of retail store operations including store location and
layout, shopping centre analysis, retail market segmentation and strategies, and the
merchandising mix.
 Prepare and execute displays for exhibitions and promotional events using the visual
dynamics of light as a design element.
 Prepare illustrative matter and layout for posters and advertising using graphic design
principles including perspective, lettering, and logo design.
 Understand basic personnel functions such as interviewing techniques, basic supervisory
skills, motivation, and written and non verbal communication.

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Introduction: stages of merchandise, management process, Developing 10
merchandise plan (a) Decision related to buying organization and its process,
(b) Factors to be considered in the process of devising merchandise plan
2 Elements of Merchandise Management: Introduction, issues of merchandise 10
management (a) Sales forecasting, (b) Inventory planning, (c) Logistic.
3 Implementing Merchandise Plan: Steps involved in implementing the plan, 10
(a) Logistic – performance goal, order processing & fulfillment, transportation
& warehousing, customer transaction and customer service. (b) Inventory
Management – Meaning, Retailer task, inventory levels,
Merchandise security, Reverse logistic, Inventory analysis.
4 Fundamentals of Merchandising: (a) Product - Merchandise strategy, 10
Planning, Sourcing, Arranging & display, space management. (b) Pricing –
objectives, pricing for markets, pricing calculations, pricing policies, pricing
strategies.
5 Promoting the Store: Elements of promotion, communicating the image, 10
selection of promotion mix, advertising and sales promotion, publicity,
personal selling and relationship marketing.
6 Display Advertisement: Types of promotion, promotion in the channel, 10
promotional objectives, steps in planning and retail advertising campaign,
Management of sales promotion & publicity.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 234
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Edition Year Publisher

Author Company
1 David Gilbert Retail Marketing Pearson Education
Management
2 Agarwal, Bansal, Retail Management . PragatiPrakashan,
Yadav& Kumar W.K.Road, Merut
3 Barry Berman Retail Management – A Pearson Education
&Jeol R. Evans Strategic Approach
4 Barry Barman & Retail management, Prentice Hall of India
Joel R. Evans Pvt. Ltd.
5 Andrew J. Retailing Environment & Change learning
Newman & Peter operations
6 MeenalDhotre Channel management & Himalaya Publishing
Retail Marketing House, Mumbai

Online Resources:

Online Website address

Resources No
1 https://reflektion.com/resource/merchandising-
types-and-examples
2 https://www.yotpo.com/blog/online-
merchandising
3 https://www.smartinsights.com/ecommerce/merc
handising/online-merchandising/
4 https://www.tickto.com/digital-displays-retail-
store-tomorrow
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Website address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com

Page 235
 Elective:Retail Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV R04 Supply Chain Management in Retailing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 Familiarize the students with organized retail and, the value it creates.
 The strategic and operational decision-making processes in the organized retail.
 Relate the supply chain activities which create the value in the organized retail
industry
Learning Outcomes :
 Understand the functions of retail business and various retail formats and retail
channels.
 Understand the difference between Retail and Manufacturing Supply Chain
 Understand, key drivers of retail supply chain and how to select a retail store
location?
 Analyze Retail Market and Financial Strategy including product pricing.
 Integrate the various Supply Chain partners and how to collaborate with them?
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Introduction to Supply Chain Management in Retailing -Meaning, 10
Objectives and Importance, Decision phases, Process View, Competitive and
supply chain strategies, Achieving strategic fit, Supply chain drivers.
2 Planning Demand and Supply Chain Retailing - Supply Chain integration, 10
Demand Forecasting in a supply chain, Managing Demand and supply chain,
Role of IT in forecasting for SCM in Retailing.
3 Designing the Supply Chain Network for Retailing - Designing the 10
Distribution Network, Role of Distribution, Factors influencing distribution,
Design, Modeling, Network for Supply Chain in Retailing.
4 Logistics in Supply Chain Management in Retailing - Introduction, Elements, 10
Logistics interfaces with other areas, Approach to analyze Logistics System,
Logistics System Analysis-Techniques, Factors affecting the cost and
Importance of logistics.
5 Sourcing and Pricing in Logistics in Retailing - 10
I. Sourcing- In-house or outsource, Supplier scoring and assessment,
Procurement process, Sourcing-Planning and Analysis.
II. Pricing- Pricing and Revenue management for multiple customers,
Perishable products, Seasonal demand, Bulk and spot contracts.
6 Information Technology in supply Chain Management: Role of IT in Supply 10
Chain management, Customer Relationship Management inretailing business,
Internal Supply Chain management, E Business and Supply Chain
Management, Building strategic partnerships and trust within a supply chain
in retailing.
Student has to upgrade Knowledge by using below inputs:

Page 236
Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 – National Sunil Chopra, Supply Chain Pearson
Peter Meindal, Management- Education.
D.V.Kalra, Strategy, Planning
and Operation,
2 – National Braj Mohan Supply Chain ICFAI University
Chaturvedi, Management, Press
3 – National Rahul Supply Chain Prentice Hall
V.Altekar, Management, India, New Delhi.
Concepts and
Cases,
4 – International John Mentzer, Supply Chain Sage Publication,
Management, New Delhi
Response Books,

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.vinculumgroup.com/the-role-of-scm-in-retail-scenario-
of-today/
2 https://www.vendhq.com/blog/supply-chain-management/
3 https://www.slideshare.net/RahulJha6/retail-supply-chain-
management
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Page 237
 Elective: Project Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PR03 Advance Project Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the overall aspects of project management
 To view at the project from a holistic view
 To identify costs and control them while implementing project
 To understand quality aspects in project
Learning Outcomes:
 To know the details of project budgeting and costing
 To learn various aspects of project monitoring and implementation.
 To understand how to manage project quality and project audit
 To understand the aspects related to Human resource in Project Management

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Baseline Cost Structure 8

Introduction to cost structure, Inputs for project costing, Project cost
estimation, categories of costs such as Labor cost, Equipment cost, Cost of
supplies, Travel cost, Training cost, Overhead cost, etc.
Project Procurement process: Plan procurement , Conduct procurement,
Control procurement and Close.
2 Project budgeting & activity costing 11
Techniques to estimate project costs - Analogous Estimating, Parametric
estimating, Bottom-up estimating, Project Budget planning, Identifying
activities and Activity cost estimates, generation of Cost performance
baseline, Project funding requirements, Project documents
3 Project Monitoring 5
General aspects of project monitoring, Importance of project monitoring and
control, Monitoring and control method, Project monitoring activities, Project
monitoring process, Project Monitoring Steps, Monitoring and
control techniques, control with Gantt Chart, Earned Value Analysis
4 Project Quality Management 4
Project Quality Management Plan , identifying quality metrics and standard
measures for project processes, regulatory compliance requirements, product
functionality, documentation, etc., Development of Quality management
plan, Process improvement plan, Quality metrics, Quality checklists, Project
documents
5 Project Audit 10
Quality Assurance - analyzing project quality, improve project quality,
checking whether the quality standards are met, Quality control
measurements, Work performance information, checking Project
management plan, Project documents updates, Organizational process assets
updates
6 Project Human Resource Management 05
Develop human resource plan with the help of Activity resource

Page 238
 requirements, Enterprise environmental factors, Organizational processes
Acquire project team - Project staff assignments, Resource calendars,
Develop project team - improving the team efficiency, team member
interaction and enhancing overall team and project performance
Manage project team - tracking team member performance, resolving issues,
providing feedback and managing a team to optimize project performance.
Communication Management: Organizing for Communication, Feedback
communication. Reporting system.

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company

1 – International Kenneth Rose Project Quality 2nd Edition J. Ross

Management- Why, What Publishing
and How

2 – International Kim H. Total Quality 1st Edition Taylor &

Pries, Jon M. Management for Project Francis
Quigley Management

3 – International Sunil Total Quality 1st Edition, CRC Press

Luthra, Dixit Management (TQM) -
Garg, Ashish Principles, Methods, and 2021
Agarwal, Sachin Applications
K. Mangla

4 – International Martina Human Resource 1st Edition, Taylor &

Huemann Management in the 2016 Francis
Project-Oriented
Organization - Towards a
Viable System for Project
Personnel

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://www.guru99.com/learn-financial-planning-project-management.html
2 https://www.ispatguru.com/project-monitoring/
3 https://memory.ai/timely-blog/project-monitoring-what-it-is-and-how-to-do-
it-well
4 https://www.greycampus.com/blog/project-management/top-4-project-
monitoring-steps
5 https://www.projectmanagementqualification.com/blog/2019/10/21/project-

Page 239
 monitoring-control/
6 https://www.projectmanager.com/project-management
7 https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/earned-value-management-systems-
analysis-8026

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No.
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/preparing-manage-human-resources-
coursera#.YC84K56SNGg.whatsapp
2 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/project-management
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden-project-management

Page 240
 Elective: Project Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PR04 Scanning Business Environment for Project
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
 To understand the business environment impacts project management
 To understand how to scan internal business environment and to work on strengths
and weaknesses
 To understand how to scan external business environment to identify opportunities
and threats
 To understand the intricacies for preparing for unforeseen events.
Learning Outcomes:
 To know how to scan business environment
 To understand the impact of changes in business environment
 To identify, evaluate and deliver project benefits and value in the complex business
environment
 To understand the impact of project on Organization culture through organizational
change.
Unit Contents Sessions

1 Environmental Scanning for Implementing project 8

Importance of environmental scanning for project management, internal and
external environment, global environment, SWOT analysis for readiness for
project, preparation for unforeseen changes
2 Evaluating Internal Business Environment 11
Corporate mission, corporate culture, and leadership style, Organizational
structure and suitability to project, Financial condition of organization, Skill
sets of employees
3 Evaluating External business environment 5
Monitoring external business environmental changes ((e.g., regulations,
technology, geopolitical, market), Assessing and prioritizing impact on
project scope/backlog based on changes in external business environment,
Identify options for scope/backlog changes
4 Plan and manage project compliance 4
Project compliance requirements (e.g., security, health and safety, regulatory
compliance), Analysing potential threats to compliance, Use methods to
support compliance, Conditions of non-compliance, consequences of
noncompliance, Approach and Action to address compliance needs (e.g.,
risk, legal), Measure the extent to which the project is in compliance
5 Evaluate and deliver project benefits and value 10
Identifying Project Benefits, Creating agreement on ownership for ongoing
benefit realization, Establishing measurement system to track benefits,
Evaluation of delivery options to demonstrate value, Appraise stakeholders
of value gain progress
6 Support organizational change 07
Assess organizational culture, Evaluating impact of organizational change to
project, Impact of project on the organization culture

Page 241
Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
(Publisher)

1 – International Worthington, Ian, The Business 2018 Pearson

Britton, Chris, Environment: A Education
Thompson, Global Perspective Limited
Edward

2 – International Avraham Shtub Project 2nd Pearson

and Management: Edition
ShlomoGloberson Processes,
and Jonathan F Methodologies, And
Bard Economics

3 – International Robert J. Graham Creating an 1st Jossey-Bass

Environment for Edition
Successful Projects:
The Quest to
Manage Project
Management

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://twproject.com/blog/internal-external-corporate-environmental-factors-
project-environment/
2 https://www.itmplatform.com/en/blog/corporate-environmental-factors-that-
affect-project-management/
3 https://www.tefen.com/insights/services/operation_Organization/project_manag
ement_global_projects
4 https://www.knowledgehut.com/blog/project-management/projects-in-business-
environments
5 http://www.opentextbooks.org.hk/system/files/export/15/15694/pdf/Project_Ma
nagement_15694.pdf

MOOCs:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/global-business-environment-evolution-
and-dynamics-futurelearn
2 https://www.udemy.com/course/project-management-course-udemy/
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/global-business-environment

Page 242
 Elective: Business Analytics

Programme:MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023

Semester Course Code Course Title
IV BA03 Digital Transformation of Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:CA = 50 : 50

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To understand the concept of digital transformation and its impact on businesses.

2. To know how digital strategies can be designed, executed and communicated in a real-life
organizational context.
3. To explore the key technologies and trends driving digital transformation in the business
landscape.
4. To analyze the challenges and opportunities associated with digital transformation in
different industries.
Course Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify the drivers and implications of digital transformation for businesses.

2. Assess the digital readiness of organizations and propose strategies for digital
transformation.
3. Apply relevant frameworks and models to design and execute digital transformation
initiatives.
4. Develop critical thinking skills to anticipate and navigate challenges in the digital
transformation journey.

Unit No Contents Sessions

Unit-I Digital Strategy 7
• Understand the characteristics of digital innovation
• Distinguish the nature of digital innovation vs.
traditional/conventional innovation.
• Introduction of Technology Management and Innovation.
• High-level introduction of Digital Transformation. “Homo
informatics”,
• What has changed in the last decade?

Unit-II Managing IT Trends & Emerging Technologies 7

• Future of Technology evolution
• How to get advantage of Cloud, Big Data, Internet of Things and
the new technological developments,
• How organizations can effectively and efficiently anticipate,
assess, introduce, and leverage them.
• What is Big Data, and how can we use it in our everyday life?
• What is cloud? Are there any real risks?
• What exactly is the Internet of Things
(Apply concept to the business situation)

Page 243
Unit-III Digital disruption and strategies for a digital transformation. 7

• Understand the underlying patterns of successful digital disruptors.

• What disruptive technologies such as Artificial Intelligence can
transform the business landscape?
• Understand the underlying patterns of successful digital disruptors.

Unit-IV Future of Technology Innovation 8

• What will influence our future in the following five years?

• What are those inventions that will change the world within five or
ten years from now; similar to what has changed it during the last
10 years

Unit-V Best Practices for Digital Transformation: Business Case Studies 8

McKinsey’s five keys to success:

• What are the best practices as identified by McKinsey research for

instituting successful digital transformation? What are the
difficulties in following these prescriptions?
• What does a leader of digital transformation have to do to optimize
for success?
• What is the role of equipping and deploying new technologies
across a business in creating a successful transformation?
• How do managers need to transform communication channels?
• How can we transform organizational design for digital
transformation?

Unit-VI Digital Transformation Cases 8

Reference Books:
1. Galliers, R.D., Leidner, D.E. (Eds): Strategic Information Management: Challenges and Strategies
in Managing Information Systems. Fourth Edition. Routledge, New York, 2009.
2. Parker, G.P.; Alstyne, Van, M.W; Choudary, S.P. (2016): Platform Revolution. Norton &
Company, New York London.
3. J.W. Ross, I.M. Sebastian, C.M. Beath, “How to Develop a Great Digital Strategy”, In: MIT Sloan
Management Review, Vol. 58, No. 2, Winter 2017 Issue, pp. 6-10.
4. Arthur, W.B., The Nature of Technology: What it is and how it evolves. Free Press, New York,
2009.
5. Böhmann, T., Leimeister, J.M., Möslein, K.: Service Systems Engineering. Business &
Information Systems Engineering 6, 73-79 (2014)
6. Moore, G.: Systems of engagement and the future of enterprise IT: A sea change in enterprise IT.
AIIM (2011)
7. Akaka, M.A., Vargo, S.L.: Technology as an operant resource in service (eco)systems.
Information Systems and e-Business Management 12, 367-384 (2014)
8. D.K. Rigby, “Digital-Physical Mashups”. In: Harvard Business Review, September 2014.
Page 244
 9. M.A. Akaka, S.L. Vargo, “Technology as an operant resource in service (eco)systems”,
Information Systems and e-Business Management, 12 (3), 2014, pp 367–384.
10. M. Warg, P. Weiß, A. Zolnowski, R. Engel, “Service Dominant Architecture based on S-D logic
for Mastering Digital Transformation: The Case of an Insurance Company”, RESER Conference
Proceedings, Naples, Italy, 2016.

Online Resources:

1. Digital Transformation in Business: A Comprehensive Guide (Medium Article):

https://medium.com/the-happy-startup-school/digital-transformation-in-business-a-
comprehensive-guide-1b3e63a648b0
2. Harvard Business Review Digital Transformation Section: https://hbr.org/topic/digital-
transformation
3. MIT Sloan Management Review: Digital Transformation Section:
https://sloanreview.mit.edu/topic/digital-transformation/
4. McKinsey Digital: https://www.mckinsey.com/business-functions/mckinsey-digital/
5. Gartner Digital Transformation Resources: https://www.gartner.com/en/digital-business-
transformation

MOOCs:

1. Coursera:
a. "Digital Transformation in the Age of Industry 4.0" by Accenture
b. "Digital Transformation Strategy" by Boston University
c. "Digital Transformation in Financial Services" by Copenhagen Business School

2. edX:
a. "Digital Transformation and Emerging Technologies" by University of Maryland
b. "Digital Transformation: From AI and IoT to Cloud, Blockchain, and Cybersecurity"
by University of Virginia

3. LinkedIn Learning:
a. "Digital Transformation: Strategy" by Michael Gale
b. "Digital Transformation: Building a Technology Roadmap" by Phil Gold

Page 245
 Elective: Business Analytics
Programme:MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV BA04 Applied Data Visualization for Business Decisions
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:CA = 50 : 50

Course Learning Objectives :

1. To understand the fundamentals of data visualization and its significance in the context
of business decision-making.
2. To Gain proficiency in using various data visualization tools and software to create
effective visual representations.
3. To develop skills to analyze and interpret data to uncover insights and trends through
data visualization techniques.
4. To learn techniques to design visually appealing and informative data visualizations that
effectively communicate business insights.

Course Learning Outcomes:

1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of data visualization principles, techniques,

and best practices for business decision-making.
2. Utilize various data visualization tools and software to create visually compelling and
interactive visualizations.
3. Analyze and interpret complex data sets using data visualization techniques to identify
patterns, trends, and outliers.

Unit No Proposed Contents Sessions

Unit-I Introduction to Data Visualization and Business Decision-Making 8
• Understanding the role of data visualization in business decision-
making
• Exploring the benefits and challenges of data visualization
• Overview of popular data visualization tools and Software

Unit-II Data Visualization Principles and Best Practices 8

• Principles of effective data visualization design
• Choosing the right visualization types for different data scenarios
• Color theory and effective use of color in data visualization
• Designing visually appealing and user-friendly dashboards
• Use Excel and Power BI

Unit-III Exploratory Data Analysis and Visualization 8

• Techniques for exploratory data analysis using visualization
• Creating histograms, scatter plots, and box plots to analyze data
distributions and relationships
• Using heatmaps and treemaps to explore patterns and hierarchies in
data
• Use Excel and Power BI

Page 246
Unit-IV Dashboard Design and Interactive Visualization 7
• Principles of effective dashboard design for business decision-making
• Creating interactive dashboards using data visualization tools
• Incorporating filters, parameters, and interactivity in visualizations
• Use Power BI

Unit-V Geographic Data Visualization 6

• Mapping geographic data using choropleth maps, bubble maps, and
heatmaps
• Incorporating interactive elements and tooltips for geospatial analysis
• Communicating spatial patterns and relationships through
visualizations
• Use Power BI

Unit-VI Data Visualization for Business Presentations 8

• Designing visually compelling and impactful presentations with data
visualizations
• Storytelling techniques for presenting data insights to stakeholders
• Communicating data-driven recommendations and insights effectively

Advanced Visualization Techniques

• Network visualization and graph analysis for understanding complex
relationships
• Text visualization for analyzing text-based data and sentiment analysis
• Interactive storytelling through data visualizations
• Use Power BI

Reference Books:

1. Data Visualization: A Handbook for Data Driven Design" by Andy Kirk, SAGE Publication

2. Data Visualization: A Practical Introduction" by Kieran Healy, Princeton University Press

3. Data Visualization: Principles and Practice" by Alexandru C. Telea, CRC Press

4. Mastering Microsoft Power BI: Expert techniques for effective data analytics and business intelligence"
Brett Powell

5. Microsoft Excel 2019 Data Analysis and Business Modeling" by Wayne Winston, Microsoft Press

Online Resources:

1. Data Visualization Catalogue: https://datavizcatalogue.com/

2. Tableau Public Gallery: https://public.tableau.com/en-us/gallery
3. Data-to-Viz: https://www.data-to-viz.com/
4. Storytelling with Data: https://www.storytellingwithdata.com/

Page 247
MOOCs:

Coursera:
• "Data Visualization with Python" by University of Michigan
• "Data Visualization and Communication with Tableau" by Duke University
• "Data Visualization and D3.js" by University of Washington

edX:
• "Data Visualization and D3.js" by UC San Diego
• "Introduction to Data Science and Visualization" by University of California, Berkeley
• "Data Visualization for All" by Trinity College Dublin

FutureLearn:
• "Data Visualization for All" by University of Sheffield
• "Data Visualization: A Practical Approach for Absolute Beginners" by University of
Strathclyde
• "Understanding Data Visualisation" by University of Southampton

LinkedIn Learning:
• "Data Visualization: Storytelling" by Bill Shander
• "Data Visualization for Data Analysis and Reporting" by Curt Frye
• "Learning Data Visualization with D3.js" by Ray Villalobos

Page 248
 Elective: Event Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022– 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV EM-03 Customer Relationship Management in Event
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To aware need of risk management in event operations;
 To know the fundamental issues and application of risk management in event; and
 To understand the risk management models

Learning Outcomes :
 Apart from traditional classroom teachings, students go through various Event
Workshops, Event Practical. At the end of the subject, the student will have the
competence in understanding the basic Principles of event management

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Customer Relationship Management – Definition, Determinants of CRM - 8

Stages in the development of Customer Relationship - Functions of CRM -
Role of CRM - Significance of CRM.

2 Customer Relationship Management Value chain - Goals of CRM - Stages 8

of CRM value - Customer Acquisition and Retention..

3 Customer Relationship Management Value chain - Goals of CRM - Stages 8

of CRM value - Customer Acquisition and Retention.

4 Customer portfolio strategy - Customer life cycle - Concepts of customer 8

satisfaction and loyalty - Customer loyalty programs..

5 Information technology for CRM - Origin of CRM technology - CRM 8

applications -Technology for the CRM value chain.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Reference Books: -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

No. Edition Company
01 Francis Buttle Customer Relationship 2008. Butterworth
Management ; Concepts Heinemann,
and Tools
02 Peter E.Tarlow, Customer Relationship 2003 Butterworth
Management: Perspectives Heinemann,
from the market place,

Page 249
03 Kristin Anderson, Carol Kerr, Customer Relationship 2011 Mc.Graw
Management Hills
04 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New
Delhi

Online Resources:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://www.uou.ac.in/sites/default/files/slm/HM-402.pdf
2 http://managementstudyguide.com/lms/course/view.php?id=291
3 https://www.techtarget.com/searchcustomerexperience/definition/CRM
-customer-relationship-management

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 250
 Elective: Event Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV EM-04 Human Resources In Event Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
 To understand the importance of human resources in the event management
 environment;
 To acquire the knowledge and skills of human resources practices; and
 To enlighten and appreciate role of human resources in organizing an event.
Learning Outcomes :
 At the end of the subject, the student will have the competence in understanding the
human resource challenges, problems and opportunities faced by an organization in
planning and execution of an event and see where recruiting the right people, training
them and motivating them can make all the difference in this customer service oriented
environment.
Unit Contents Sessions

1 Human Resource Management for Events: Concept of human resources 8

management -Context and key issues of people in an event organization –
organizing system and functions of HR in event management – HR
Structure and Strategy - HRM in the context of both mega events and
smaller scale events.

2 Human resources planning for event: Manpower planning – Job analysis in 8

event operations - Recruitment sources, methods - Skill testing and
selection of people for specific event.

3 Preparing human resources for event: Induction.-Training of employees – 8

Training needs identification – Training methods and evaluation of training
– Promotions – Performance and potential appraisal - Career development
–Personnel empowerment. – Safety, welfare and employees health.

4 Wage and salary administration: Meaning – Purpose – developing wage 8

and salary structure – Job evaluation – Working conditions – Services.
Performance of Evaluation –Methods of evaluation - Employee morale -
Stress management and quality of work life...

5 Labour Laws Applicable to Event management organizations: Trade 8

Unions –

Managing Conflicts – Disciplinary Process – Collective Bargaining -

Workmen‘s Compensation Act, 1923 – Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 –
Trade Union Act, 1926 – PF and Bonus Act.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Page 251
Reference Books : -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

No. Edition Company
1 Lynn Van der Wagen Human Resource 2006. Butterworth
Management for Events: Heinemann,
Managing the event
workforce (Events
Management)
2 Venkata Ratnam CS & Srivatsava Personnel Management and 2003 Tata Mc-
BK, Human Resources, Graw Hill,
New Delhi,
3 S.K.Chakravarthy Managerial Effectiveness 1987 TMH, New
and Quality and Work Life Delhi,.
4 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New
Delhi

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://study.com/academy/lesson/human-resources-management-in-event-
conference-planning.html
2 https://brauss.in/hrm-basic-notes.pdf
3 https://www.uou.ac.in/sites/default/files/slm/HM-402.pdf

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 252
 Elective: Hospitality Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HM-03 Hospitality Marketing Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To define the role of marketing and discuss its core concept
 To identify the service characteristics and management strategies that has an impact on
hospitality marketing
 To understand the importance of service quality and customer satisfaction in winning
customers and outperforming competitors.
 To understand the various models of consumer behavior and the factors affecting the same.
 To understand the advertising, promotional and customer handling strategies for food and
beverage.

Learning Outcomes :
 To understand the concept of marketing and selling
 To learn the importance of advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, guest handling,
customer relations in hotel industry

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Marketingconceptualframework-marketingenvironment- 8
customerorientedorganization-
marketinginterfacewithotherfunctionalareasmarketinginaglobalizedenviron
ment.-MarketingMix

2 8
Definition - Difference between goods and Services - Characteristics of
services - management strategies for service business - role of employees in
service process - Internal marketing.
3 8
Customer Value and satisfaction - Five gap model of service quality -
Benefits of service quality - Retaining customers, handling customer
complaints - Relationship marketing -Monitoring and measuring customer
satisfaction
4 8
Definition - Consumer Behaviour models - Factors affecting Consumer
Behaviour - Cultural, Social, Personal, Psychological
5 Guest handling - special occasion - Adverting - promoting - merchandising 8
food and beverage - overview identifying the media - Layout and design of
advertisement - highlighting the message - Target audience - food and wine
display - promoting room service - Telephone selling - persuasive and
suggestive selling. Guest handling - identifying guest needs - Maintaining
guest history card and records - Effective public relationship - Effective

Page 253
 social skills - personalization.
Special occasions - Type of special occasions - Creativity and Innovation -
Special menu - planning - Co-ordinating the activities

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Reference Books : -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
No. Edition
1 Philip Kotler, Bowen and Marketing for Prentice -Hall Inc.
Makens Hospitality& Tourism
2 Neil Wearne Hospitality Marketing Hospitality Press Pvt
Ltd. - Australia
3 M.K. Ram Pal & S.L. Gupta Services Marketing Galgotia Publishing
Concept,Application
& Cases Co. - New
Delhi

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-managing-marketing-in-the-
hospitality-and-tourism-industry-7332
2 https://study.com/academy/course/hospitality-marketing.html

MOOCs:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 254
 Elective: Hospitality Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HM-04 Accommodation Operations Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To define the role of marketing and discuss its core concept
 To identify the service characteristics and management strategies that has an impact on
hospitality marketing
 To understand the importance of service quality and customer satisfaction in winning
customers and outperforming competitors.
 To understand the various models of consumer behavior and the factors affecting the same.
 To understand the advertising, promotional and customer handling strategies for food and
beverage.

Learning Outcomes :
 To understand the concept of marketing and selling
 To learn the importance of advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, guest handling,
customer relations in hotel industry

Unit Contents Sessions

1 Role of House Keeping in the Hotel – Guest satisfaction and repeat business.. 6

2 Organization of House Keeping department in small, medium and large 10

Hotel – Duties and responsibilities of the Executive Hose Keeper – Deputy
House Keeper – Floor Supervisor –Chambermaid – Houseman and other
staff – Function of the House Keeping department – Areas of cleaning –
anagement of staff – Selection and purchase of cleaning equipment, agents
and supplies – Supply of linen and staff uniforms – Security controlling costs
–Budgeting – Inventories and record keeping – Dealing with guests – Lost
and found

3 Cleaning equipment – Cleaning agents – Methods of cleaning – Cleaning 8

public areas and standard supplies – Daily cleaning – Keys – Check out room
– Occupied room – Vacant room – Evening service – Spring cleaning - Keys:
computerized key cards – Control of keys.

4 Linen – Function of linen room – Kinds of linen – Uniforms – Storage and 8

linen handling – Laundry and dry cleaning – Layout- Flow process – Hand
wash equipment (washer, hydro-extractors, etc.) – Laundry chemicals and
detergents.

Page 255
 5 Interior decoration – Flower arrangement – Floor covering – Furniture 8
arrangement – Wall covering – Colour and lighting – Types of carpet –
Maintenance of carpet.

6 Case Studies and Presentation 5

Reference Books: -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
No. Edition
1 Colin Dix Accommodation
Operations
2 Jane Fellows Housekeeping
Supervision
3 Zulfikar Mohammed Introduction to Tourism
& Hotel Industry

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.mlsu.ac.in/econtents/1186_e-
book%20of%20Hotel_management_and_operations.pdf
2 https://study.com/academy/course/hotel-lodging-management-operations.html

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Page 256
 Elective: Sports Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV SM 03 Sports Sponsorships
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
 Understand that sponsorships play an important role in sports at all levels;
 Be able to discuss the positive and negative consequences of sponsorships on sports;
 Be aware that the sponsors often perceive their support differently than sponsoring
organizations;
 Understand the Brand Spiral as it relates to developing sport sponsorship plans;
 Apply effective marketing strategies to sell sport sponsorships; 6
 Apply course concepts to a case study and a final project; Understand that digital
technology and changing consumer behavior are change

LearningOutcomes:
 Syllabus is focused on developing, selling, and successfully executing sport
sponsorships to meet the branding and financial needs of both sponsoring organizations
and sponsors. Topics include brand event alignment, identifying potential sponsors,
sales planning, negotiation, management, adding value, digital technologies, and
tracking
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Target Segment alignment for brand and sports property - segmenting, 6
targeting,positioning
2 Brand Image alignment - Measuring image,customer perception in 9
different demographic segments, market research to
understandbrandperceptions.
3 Preparing a Sponsorship Strategy-objective of the portfolio, target 9
demographic, stages ofthe customer's decision journey - awareness,
consideration , purchase, loyalty.
4 Maximizing sponsorship impact – Using sampling & activation 9
strategies to drivetrials, usage, consumption & repeat purchase.
5 Measuring the ROI - return of investment of a sponsorship strategy.Key 6
brand metrics,suchas affinity and consideration, Maximize dexposure and
credit from consumers,Deepened customer or client loyalty Foster
edemployee engagement and improved morale Driven sales,leads,and
new business,etc
6 Casestudies&Presentations 6

Page 257
ReferenceBooks:

Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdd Publisher

No. ition Company
01 WimLagae SportsSponsorshipandMarketi 2005
ngCommunicationsa
EuropeanPerspective
02 John A. Fortunato Sports Sponsorship: Principles 2013
and Practices
03 KimSkildum-Reid TheCorporateSponsorshipToo 2012
lkitPaperback
04 LynnR.Kahle;ChrisRileyLawr SportsMarketingandthePsycho 2004
enceErlbaumAssociates logyofMarketingCommunicati
on

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Page 258
 Elective: Sports Management

Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 – 2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
IV SM-04 Managing Sports Organization
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
 To Define and understand management and organization
 To describe and demonstrate the skills necessary in the management of an
organization
 To apply the functions of planning, organizing, leading, and evaluating to a variety of
sport organizations
 To demonstrate the concepts of strategic planning and resource allocation
 To demonstrate effective knowledge of leadership theory and application.

LearningOutcomes:
Students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge and understanding of
fundamental principles requisite for professional success in the sport management
profession. These include, but are not limited to, management theories, sport law,
sport marketing, sport communication, operations management, accounting
practices, and sport.
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Sports Organization- Definition of Sports Organization, Organization 6
Goals, Importance of understanding Organization Goals & effectiveness.

2 Sports Organization‘s Operating Environment- Meaning, Nature of 9

Organizational Environment, Macro Environment & Micro Environment,
Relationship between an Organization‘s Structure and it‘s
Environment.
3 Sports Organization Culture- Meaning of Organization Culture, Strong 9
VS. Weak organizational culture, Learning Organizational Culture,
THICK & THIN Organizational Culture, Managing a Sports
Organizational Culture.
4 Sports Organization Strategy- Meaning, Deliberate & Emergent 9
Strategies, Strategy Formulation & Implementation, SWOT analysis.

5 Dealing With Organizational Change-Meaning of Organizational change, 6

Planned Change, Resistance to change – Overcoming Resistance to
change & plementation, Managing Resistance to change, Lewin‘s and
Kotter‘s Model. Managing STRESS in work Place.
6 Assignments On Sports Organization- CAB, IFA, Bengal Lawn Tennis 6
Association, SAI etc.

Page 259
ReferenceBooks:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddition Publisher

Company
1 Ruben Acosta Hernandez Managing Sports 2002 Human
Organizations Kinetics
2 Janet.B. Parks & Jerome Contemporary Sports 2007 Human
Quarterman management Kinetics

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Page 260